{"title":"Powdered Drink Mixes and Flavorings","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"sts-cd\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePowdered Drink Mixes and Flavorings\u003c\/strong\u003e at Spices To Snacks — powdered drink mixes, water enhancers, electrolyte sticks and flavouring powders. This collection lists \u003cstrong\u003e1,003 products\u003c\/strong\u003e from \u003cstrong\u003e214 brands\u003c\/strong\u003e, priced $48.76–$551.77 CAD. Every order ships free across Canada with no minimum, and returns are free within 30 days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBrowse by type:\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/water-flavoring-drops\"\u003eWater Flavoring Drops (167)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBrands stocked here:\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/brand-singles-to-go\"\u003eSINGLES TO GO! (81)\u003c\/a\u003e · \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/brand-crystal-light\"\u003eCrystal Light (76)\u003c\/a\u003e · \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/brand-wyler-s-light\"\u003eWyler's Light (52)\u003c\/a\u003e · \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/brand-sodastream\"\u003esodastream (46)\u003c\/a\u003e · \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/brand-kajun-loaded-tea\"\u003eKaJun LOADED TEA (38)\u003c\/a\u003e · \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/brand-gramzero\"\u003eGramZero (37)\u003c\/a\u003e · \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/brand-kool-aid\"\u003eKool-Aid (31)\u003c\/a\u003e · \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/brand-mio\"\u003eMio (30)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRelated:\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/drink-mixes\"\u003eDrink Mixes \u0026amp; Water\u003c\/a\u003e · \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/beverages\"\u003eBeverages\u003c\/a\u003e · \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/best-sellers\"\u003eBest Sellers\u003c\/a\u003e · \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/new-arrivals\"\u003eNew Arrivals\u003c\/a\u003e · \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/all-categories\"\u003eAll categories\u003c\/a\u003e · \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/all-brands\"\u003eAll brands\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","products":[{"product_id":"celtic-sea-salt-electrolyte-powder-drink-mix-4-2-oz-lemon-lime-sugar-free-vegan-electrolytes","title":"Celtic Sea Salt Electrolyte Powder Drink Mix — 4.2 oz Lemon-Lime, Sugar-Free Vegan Electrolytes","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCeltic Sea Salt Electrolyte Powder transforms plain water into a sugar-free, lemon-lime electrolyte drink to help replenish key minerals after activity.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eDesigned by a nutritionist and made by Celtic Sea Salt, this 4.2-ounce powder contains the six primary electrolytes in a clean, vegan formula without added sweeteners. Mix a scoop into water for a lightly flavored drink that replaces minerals lost through sweating or everyday hydration. Because it’s gluten-free and sugar-free, it’s suitable for those avoiding processed sports drinks while still seeking a convenient mineral boost.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does this powder restore lost electrolytes?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe formula supplies sodium, potassium, magnesium, calcium, and trace minerals in a balanced blend that supports normal fluid balance and tastes mild and natural. It’s the mineral profile — not sugar or artificial additives — that makes this mix effective for replenishing what activity or heat can deplete.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eContains six primary electrolytes including sodium, potassium, magnesium, and calcium.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDoctor-formulated mineral ratios aimed at everyday replenishment needs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLight lemon-lime flavor for palatability without sweeteners.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do I prepare and use the drink mix?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003ePreparation is simple: scoop, stir, and drink. One serving dissolves easily in a glass or bottle of water, making it convenient before, during, or after workouts and for daily hydration routines.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eComes with an easy-to-use scoop for consistent servings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDissolves quickly in cold or room-temperature water.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePackaged in a compact 4.2-ounce container for travel or gym bags.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat are the diet and ingredient considerations?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis electrolyte mix is free from gluten, sugar, animal products, and added sweeteners, fitting a range of dietary preferences. The natural lemon-lime flavoring keeps the taste light while avoiding artificial colors and syrups common in many sports drinks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGluten-free, vegan, and sugar-free formulation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNo sweetener added—suitable for low-sugar or ketogenic approaches.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMade with Celtic Sea Salt minerals and natural flavoring only.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhen should I choose this instead of a commercial sports drink?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIf you prefer a cleaner ingredient list, lower sugar, and a focused mineral blend, this powder is a practical alternative. It’s tailored for people who want electrolyte support without the calories or additives of many store-bought sports beverages.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIdeal for low-sugar, low-calorie hydration needs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGood for travel, workouts, and everyday mineral replenishment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCompact container fits in a gym bag or pantry shelf.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for: Celtic Sea Salt Electrolyte Powder is aimed at active adults, athletes, and anyone seeking a sugar-free way to replenish minerals lost through sweat or daily activity. It’s also a fit for people following vegan, gluten-free, or low-sugar diets who want a convenient, natural-flavored electrolyte option without artificial sweeteners or unnecessary additives.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Is this electrolyte powder sugar free?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes. Celtic Sea Salt Electrolyte Powder is sugar-free and contains no added sweeteners.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How many servings are in the 4.2 oz container?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Servings vary by scoop size; follow the included scoop for accurate portions and check the label for exact servings per container.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Celtic Sea Salt","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46001060544595,"sku":"B00BINWVMI","price":124.65,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/celtic-sea-salt-front-packaging.jpg?v=1787160025"},{"product_id":"stocked-pantry-electrolyte-powder-packets-variety-pack-80-no-sugar-single-serve-packets-with-stainless-steel-stirring-straw","title":"Stocked Pantry Electrolyte Powder Packets Variety Pack — 80 No-Sugar Single-Serve Packets with Stainless-Steel Stirring Straw","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStocked Pantry 80 Electrolytes Powder Packets is a no-sugar, variety pack of single-serve drink mixes packaged in a tidy box with a stainless-steel stirring straw for fast, portable hydration.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThese 80 single-serve packets arrive in a stackable Stocked Pantry box and include eight flavors — kiwi strawberry, berry, grape, raspberry lemonade, glacier freeze, orange, and fruit punch — each designed to be mixed into 16–20 fl oz of water. The packets are sugar-free and formulated to deliver electrolytes and key nutrients to flavor water and support rehydration during workouts, travel, or busy days. The kit also includes a reusable stainless-steel stirring straw to dissolve powder quickly and reduce single-use waste.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do I use these packets when I'm short on time?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMixing a packet takes seconds and works anywhere you have a bottle or cup of water. No measuring required — tear, pour, stir, and drink.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTear open a single-serve packet and pour into 16–20 fl oz of water.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStir with the included stainless-steel straw or shake in a bottle until fully dissolved.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDrink immediately or store the mixed beverage cold for later.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat flavors are included and how many packets of each?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe variety pack offers eight popular flavors so you can switch tastes day-to-day. Each flavor is conveniently portioned for one serving.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e10 packets: kiwi strawberry\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e10 packets: berry\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e10 packets: grape\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e10 packets: raspberry lemonade\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e10 packets: glacier freeze\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e10 packets: orange\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e10 packets: fruit punch\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTotal: 80 single-serve packets in the box\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWill these packets fit my routine — gym, travel, or desk?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe compact packets are made for mobility and minimal storage footprint, so they slide into gym bags, luggage, and desk drawers without bulk. They’re especially handy when you want a flavored, electrolyte-enhanced drink without carrying full bottles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIndividual, lightweight packets save space and reduce weight.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePerfect for athletes, commuters, travelers, and office use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStackable Stocked Pantry box keeps packets organized at home.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat comes in the box besides the powder packets?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAlongside 80 no-sugar electrolyte packets, Stocked Pantry includes a reusable stainless-steel stirring straw and a tidy box designed for pantry or shelf storage. Everything is arranged for convenient access and reduced waste compared with single-use bottles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e80 single-serve, sugar-free electrolyte powder packets (10 each flavor).\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOne stainless-steel stirring straw for quick mixing and sustainability.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDurable Stocked Pantry box for stacked pantry storage and organization.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for? This variety pack suits active people who want fuss-free, flavorful hydration without added sugar: gym-goers, outdoor adventurers, frequent travelers, and anyone who keeps a hectic schedule but wants a ready-made electrolyte drink option. If you prefer on-demand mixing, low storage bulk, and flavor variety, the Stocked Pantry 80 Electrolytes Powder Packets provide an easy, space-saving solution for everyday hydration needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ecitric acid\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Are these electrolyte packets sugar-free?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes — the packets in this Stocked Pantry variety pack are formulated without added sugar.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How much water should I mix per packet?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Mix each packet into 16–20 fl oz (about 500–600 ml) of water for best flavor and dissolution.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Stocked Pantry","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46001060675667,"sku":"B0DSM3KVMZ","price":199.18,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/stocked-pantry-front-box.jpg?v=1787160024"},{"product_id":"sqwincher-zero-qwik-stik-electrolyte-powder-sticks-orange-100-single-serve-sticks-2-50-sugar-free-portable-hydration","title":"Sqwincher Zero Qwik Stik electrolyte powder sticks, Orange — 100 single-serve sticks (2×50), sugar-free portable hydration","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSqwincher Zero Qwik Stik Orange is a sugar-free, zero-calorie powdered electrolyte mix in individual sticks—100 sticks total—to quickly rehydrate and replenish minerals when mixed with water.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eDesigned for active days and on-the-go hydration, these Qwik Stiks fit easily into a water bottle or the included Tube for convenient storage. Each stick dissolves rapidly in 20 ounces of water, delivering electrolytes without sugar or calories. The formulation focuses on replacing key minerals that help maintain fluid balance during exercise, heat exposure, or busy schedules. The pack contains two resealable bags of 50 sticks each, ideal for workplaces, sports, travel, or daily use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow quickly does a Qwik Stik dissolve and how do I use it?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach individual stick dissolves almost instantly in room-temperature water with a brief shake. Follow the simple one-stik-per-20-ounce-water guideline for consistent flavor and electrolyte balance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePour one Sqwincher Zero Qwik Stik into 20 ounces of water.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eClose the bottle or Tube and shake for 5–10 seconds until fully dissolved.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDrink immediately for fast, portable hydration.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eRefill the Tube with used sticks or extras for storage and convenience.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat minerals and nutrition does this sugar-free mix provide?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSqwincher Zero prioritizes electrolyte replacement without calories or sugar. Its profile emphasizes potassium and a reduced sodium level compared with some other electrolyte beverages to support rehydration needs while keeping taste crisp and light.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eContains electrolyte minerals formulated to help restore salts lost with sweat.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eZero sugar and zero calories per serving.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLower sodium and higher potassium than many competing mixes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSold as 100 single-use sticks (2 bags of 50) for portion control and convenience.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho should carry these sticks and when are they most useful?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese sticks suit anyone who needs instant electrolyte replacement without extra calories—athletes, outdoor workers, commuters, and travelers. They’re convenient for short runs, team practices, long shifts, or hot-weather activities.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAthletes and fitness enthusiasts needing quick, sugar-free hydration.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWorkers in warm environments who want portable electrolyte support.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTravelers and commuters who prefer single-serve convenience.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAnyone monitoring calorie or sugar intake yet wanting flavored hydration.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for: If you want flavorful hydration that’s easy to carry, calorie- and sugar-free, and measured in single servings, the Sqwincher Zero Qwik Stik Orange 2-pack (100 sticks total) is a practical choice. It’s built for people who move—runners, team athletes, outdoor employees, and busy families—offering an uncomplicated way to maintain fluid balance without added sugars. The included Tube and resealable bags make storage tidy whether at home, in a gym bag, or on the job.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How many sticks come in this pack?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: You get 100 single-serve sticks—two resealable 50-count bags.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How do I prepare one serving?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Pour one stick into 20 ounces of water, shake briefly until dissolved, then drink.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Sqwincher","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46001076240467,"sku":"B07TFJH7GL","price":106.29,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/sqwincher-zero-qwik-stik-front-packaging.jpg?v=1787160352"},{"product_id":"mio-sport-liquid-water-enhancer-lemon-lime-12-pack-1-62-fl-oz-zero-calories-electrolytes","title":"Mio Sport Liquid Water Enhancer Lemon Lime 12-Pack 1.62 fl oz — Zero Calories, Electrolytes","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMio Sport Lemon Lime is a portable, zero-calorie liquid water enhancer that adds citrus flavor plus electrolytes and B vitamins to plain water with just a few drops.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis pack includes twelve 1.62 fl oz bottles of Mio Sport Lemon Lime, designed to transform ordinary water into a flavored, electrolyte-boosted beverage. Each squeezable bottle delivers a concentrated lemon-lime taste formulated with natural flavors, no sugar, and zero calories—ideal for on-the-go use at the gym, office, or while traveling. The formula includes electrolytes and B vitamins to help you replace minerals lost through sweat and support daily routines that need a little extra hydration lift.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow much flavor does one squeeze provide?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne gentle squeeze is formulated to flavor 8 fl oz of water, but intensity can be adjusted to taste. A single 1.62 fl oz bottle makes multiple servings, making these small bottles economical and convenient.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEach squeeze flavors approximately 8 fl oz (adjust to preference).\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e1.62 fl oz bottle yields several servings—carry in a gym bag easily.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eResealable cap helps preserve freshness between uses.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat nutrients are included and why are they useful?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMio Sport Lemon Lime contains added electrolytes and B vitamins—nutrients commonly used to replenish minerals after activity and support energy metabolism. This enhancer is sugar-free and calorie-free, so it flavors water without adding calories.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eElectrolytes to help replace minerals lost through sweat.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eB vitamins to support normal energy metabolism.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eZero sugar and zero calories for a guilt-free flavor boost.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this product easy to take anywhere and use during activities?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe compact 1.62 fl oz bottles are designed for portability—slip one into a gym bag, glove box, or backpack and add flavor whenever needed. The squeeze-top lets you control dosage quickly, making it practical during workouts or commuting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSmall, lightweight bottle fits most bags and cup holders.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSqueeze-top delivers quick, measured drops into water bottles.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eResealable design prevents spills while traveling.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does Lemon Lime compare to other flavor options?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLemon Lime offers a bright citrus profile that pairs well with cold water and iced beverages. It’s part of the Mio Sport line, focused on electrolyte-enhanced, sugar-free flavors—choose Lemon Lime for a crisp, familiar citrus taste without added calories.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDistinct citrus taste compared to fruit or berry varieties.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFormulated specifically for active lifestyles with electrolytes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGood option for those avoiding sugar and calories in beverages.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for: Mio Sport Lemon Lime is suited to active people, commuters, and anyone who prefers flavored water without added sugar or calories. It’s practical for athletes who want a compact electrolyte option, office workers seeking a flavorful hydration cue, and travelers who need a small, resealable bottle to brighten plain water. The pack of 12 bottles is convenient for families, teams, or stocking up to keep multiple bottles where you need them most.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e'WATER, CITRIC ACID, SALT, POTASSIUM CITRATE, CONTAINS LESS THAN 2% OF NIACINAMIDE, VITAMIN B6, VITAMIN B12, NATURAL FLAVOR, SUCRALOSE AND ACESULFAME POTASSIUM (SWEETENERS), POTASSIUM PHOSPHATE, YELLOW 5, BLUE 1, SODIUM BENZOATE AND POTASSIUM SORBATE (PRESERVATIVES).'\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How many servings are in one 1.62 fl oz bottle?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Each bottle yields multiple servings; one squeeze flavors about 8 fl oz of water, so total servings depend on how strong you like it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Does this product contain sugar or calories?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: No. Mio Sport Lemon Lime is formulated with zero sugar and zero calories while providing electrolytes and B vitamins.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Mio","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46001087021139,"sku":"B00KO8I3E8","price":157.42,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/mio-sport-lemon-lime-front-packaging.jpg?v=1787160504"},{"product_id":"galley-grove-crystal-light-drink-mix-variety-pack-120-sugar-free-single-serve-packets-low-calorie","title":"Galley Grove Crystal Light Drink Mix Variety Pack — 120 Sugar-Free Single-Serve Packets, Low-Calorie","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGalley Grove's Crystal Light Drink Mix Variety Bulk Pack is a 120‑packet assortment of sugar‑free, low‑calorie single‑serve drink mixes designed to flavor water anytime, anywhere.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis bulk variety pack brings a selection of classic Crystal Light flavors in portable single‑serve packets so you can quickly turn plain water into a flavored drink at home, at work, or on the go. Each packet dissolves easily in a bottle or glass, offering a zero‑sugar option for people who want taste without added calories. The bundle also includes Galley Grove sugar‑free mints for a refreshing finish, making it simple to stock pantries, break rooms, or travel kits.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat flavors are included and how varied is the selection?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe assortment contains a balanced mix of recognizable Crystal Light flavors chosen to suit different preferences — from citrus and berry to lighter fruit blends. Flavors are rotated within the 120 packets so you’ll have options for morning, afternoon, and post‑workout hydration. Exact flavor counts may vary by shipment, but the intent is to provide everyday variety.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMultiple classic Crystal Light fruit and citrus flavors\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePackaged as 120 single‑serve packets for easy portioning\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDesigned for mixed, rotating taste options throughout the day\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do I use the packets for quick hydration?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUsing a packet is straightforward: tear it open, pour into a glass or water bottle, add the recommended amount of water, and stir or shake until dissolved. Packets are sized for standard single servings, so they work with most reusable bottles and disposable water containers. Because they’re dry and individually sealed, they won’t leak or create stickiness in bags.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSingle‑serve packet: tear, pour, mix with water\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCompatible with bottles, pitchers, and glasses\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePortable packets fit in bags, lunchboxes, and gym packs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAre these drink mixes healthy and suitable for daily use?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese mixes provide flavor without added sugar and with very low calories, offering an alternative to sugary sodas and juice. They’re intended to complement regular water intake rather than replace it; always follow hydration recommendations appropriate to your needs. Ingredients and nutritional details are printed on the packet so you can check for specific sweeteners or allergen information.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSugar‑free and low‑calorie formulations\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNutrition facts listed on each packet for transparency\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGood option for reducing sugar in daily beverages\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat makes this bulk pack a smart purchase for homes or offices?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 120‑packet format provides value and convenience when you want a steady supply of flavored water options without frequent reordering. Individual packets reduce waste and let different users pick flavors they like, which is especially handy in shared spaces. The included Galley Grove sugar‑free mints add a finishing touch for freshening breath after drinks or snacks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBulk quantity minimizes frequent repurchasing\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSingle packets reduce cross‑use waste and simplify sharing\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIncludes mints for a complete refreshment bundle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for? This Crystal Light variety bulk pack is ideal for households, busy professionals, gym‑goers, and small offices that want a cost‑effective, sugar‑free way to flavor water throughout the day. It’s also useful for event hosts, travel kits, and anyone seeking a portable hydration option. If you prefer single‑serve convenience and variety without added sugar, this pack offers an economical, easy‑to‑use solution.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIngredients on package\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How many packets are in the pack?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: This bulk pack contains 120 single‑serve Crystal Light packets.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Are the drink mixes sugar‑free?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes — the packets are formulated to be sugar‑free and low in calories.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Galley Grove","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46001087742035,"sku":"B0DD569LWV","price":164.09,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/galley-grove-crystal-light-front-packaging.jpg?v=1787160524"},{"product_id":"flavia-cocoa-bliss-hot-chocolate-freshpacks-case-of-72-single-serve-7-oz-pods-sealed-pack-to-cup","title":"Flavia Cocoa Bliss Hot Chocolate Freshpacks — Case of 72 single-serve 7 oz pods, sealed pack-to-cup","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFlavia Cocoa Bliss Hot Chocolate Freshpacks are single-serve, 17.5 g pods designed to brew a rich 7 oz cup of hot chocolate in compatible Flavia Brewers.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eEnjoy a convenient, barista-style hot chocolate made for Flavia multi-beverage machines. Each case contains 72 Freshpacks formulated to prevent flavor carryover using Flavia's pack-to-cup brewing method, so only water meets the ingredients during preparation. These packs deliver a sweet, creamy beverage option alongside coffees, teas, and other drinks you may brew with the same system.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does Flavia’s pack-to-cup system preserve flavor?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Flavia Freshpack design isolates the beverage mix inside a sealed single-serve envelope. During brewing, hot water passes through the pack directly into the cup, avoiding contact with the brewer’s internal surfaces and minimizing taste transfer between drinks. That means your hot chocolate tastes the way it should, even after brewing strong coffees.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSealed Freshpack prevents cross-contamination of flavors\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWater-only contact keeps machine internals cleaner between brews\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eConsistent extraction for stable taste cup-to-cup\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat are the nutrition and ingredient details I should know?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach Freshpack yields a 7 oz cup with 70 calories and about 10 g of sugar. The product contains milk, so it is not dairy-free. Ingredient and nutrition specifics are printed on the retail box for verification before use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSingle-serve pack weight: 17.5 grams\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePer-cup nutrition: ~70 Calories, 10 g sugar\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eContains milk — check packaging for allergen guidance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich Flavia machines are compatible with these Freshpacks?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese hot chocolate Freshpacks are intended for use only with Flavia Aroma, Creation 300, and Creation 600 brewers. They are not engineered for other single-serve systems, so verify your brewer model before purchasing to ensure proper fit and brewing performance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCompatible models: Flavia Aroma, Creation 300, Creation 600\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNot compatible with non-Flavia pod or cup systems\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDesigned for the brewer’s pack-to-cup mechanism\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow many servings are in this case and what options are available?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis listing is a case of 72 individually sealed Freshpacks, each making one 7 oz serving. Flavia systems also offer many other Freshpack varieties—from coffees to teas—so you can mix beverage choices for home or office use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e72 single-serve Freshpacks per case\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEach pack brews one 7 oz cup (brewer settings may vary)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWorks alongside other Flavia Freshpack flavors and brands\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for? These Cocoa Bliss Freshpacks suit anyone seeking quick, consistent hot chocolate from a Flavia Aroma, Creation 300, or Creation 600 brewer—ideal for small offices, break rooms, or households that want a ready-to-brew chocolate option without flavor carryover. Choose this case when you need a reliable supply of single-serve hot chocolate that fits your Flavia system and delivers the same taste every time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChocolate\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Can I use these Freshpacks in any single-serve machine?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: No. These Freshpacks are made exclusively for Flavia Aroma, Creation 300, and Creation 600 brewers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How many calories are in one 7 oz cup?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Each 7 oz serving contains about 70 calories and roughly 10 grams of sugar.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Flavia","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46001096687699,"sku":"B004PD3K46","price":152.41,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/flavia-cocoa-bliss-front-box.jpg?v=1787160673"},{"product_id":"boost-original-nutritional-drink-creamy-strawberry-8-fl-oz-240-cal-10-g-protein-pack-of-24","title":"BOOST Original Nutritional Drink — Creamy Strawberry 8 fl oz, 240 Cal, 10 g Protein (Pack of 24)","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBOOST Original Creamy Strawberry is a ready-to-drink 8 fl oz nutritional beverage delivering 240 calories, 10 g of protein, 26+ vitamins and minerals, and prebiotic fiber in a smooth strawberry flavor.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis shelf-stable, single-serve bottle from BOOST is formulated for everyday nutrition when you need a balanced, convenient source of calories, protein and micronutrients. The Creamy Strawberry flavor blends dairy-forward creaminess with fruit notes, packaged in an 8-ounce bottle ideal for on-the-go meals, snack-time support, or added daily nutrition. It includes a prebiotic fiber blend to support gut-friendly bacteria and provides bone-supporting nutrients like calcium, vitamin D and magnesium.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat nutrients are in each 8 fl oz bottle and how do they support daily needs?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach serving supplies a concentrated mix of macronutrients and vitamins to complement regular meals or fill a nutritional gap. It’s designed to provide energy, protein, and a broad vitamin\/mineral profile in one compact bottle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e240 calories per bottle for energy-dense nutrition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e10 g high-quality protein to help maintain muscle mass.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e26–27 vitamins and minerals including vitamins C, D, E, selenium, zinc and iron.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e3 g total fiber plus a proprietary Prebio1 prebiotic blend for digestive support.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does the Creamy Strawberry flavor perform for taste and ingredients?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBoost Original Creamy Strawberry is made to balance pleasant flavor with straightforward ingredients. The formulation prioritizes taste without artificial flavors, colors, or artificial sweeteners while keeping fat and cholesterol modest.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCreamy strawberry profile with a smooth mouthfeel suitable for sipping cold.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNo artificial flavors, colors, or artificial sweeteners listed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLow saturated fat (1 g) and modest total fat (4 g) per serving.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e10 mg cholesterol per bottle, making it a lighter option among calorie-rich drinks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhen and how should I use this 8 oz nutritional drink?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe single-serve bottle is versatile for use as a quick meal replacement, a supplement between meals, or part of a recovery routine after activity. Keep bottles chilled for best taste or carry them as a convenient pantry stash.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse as a grab-and-go breakfast or nutrient boost during busy days.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePack in a bag for travel, appointments, or workplace nutrition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eServe cold for optimal flavor; shake before opening if settled.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStore unopened bottles at room temperature until ready to drink.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat packaging and quantity options are available with this listing?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis product is sold as a 24-count pack of 8 fl oz bottles, designed for households or care settings that need a steady supply of ready-to-drink nutrition. The compact bottle format minimizes waste and simplifies portion control.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePack of 24 single-serve 8 fl oz bottles for consistent supply.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eShelf-stable until opened; no refrigeration required before use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIndividually sealed bottles reduce prep time and portion guessing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIdeal for home pantries, offices, or institutional use where single servings help with distribution.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for: BOOST Original Creamy Strawberry is suited for adults and caregivers seeking a convenient, energy-dense beverage with balanced protein and micronutrients. It works well for busy professionals, travelers, those recovering appetite, or anyone wanting an easy supplement to daily meals. Avoid if you have specific dietary restrictions or allergies—check the label for complete ingredient and allergen details and consult a healthcare professional if you have medical or dietary concerns.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWATER, GLUCOSE SYRUP, SUGAR, MILK PROTEIN CONCENTRATE, CANOLA OIL, AND LESS THAN 2% OF VITAMINS AND MINERALS, SOY PROTEIN ISOLATE, CELLULOSE GEL AND GUM, SALT, NATURAL FLAVOR, CARRAGEENAN, STEVIA LEAF EXTRACT, STEVIOL GLYCOSIDES, MAGNESIUM PHOSPHATE, POTASSIUM CITRATE, POTASSIUM CHLORIDE, CALCIUM CARBONATE, SODIUM ASCORBATE, CHOLINE BITARTRATE, CALCIUM PHOSPHATE, FERROUS SULFATE, DL-ALPHA TOCOPHERYL ACETATE, ZINC SULFATE, NIACINAMIDE, CALCIUM PANTOTHENATE, MANGANESE SULFATE, PYRIDOXINE HYDROCHLORIDE, THIAMINE HYDROCHLORIDE, RIBOFLAVIN, VITAMIN A PALMITATE, COPPER SULFATE, FOLIC ACID, POTASSIUM IODIDE, VITAMIN K1, CHROMIUM CHLORIDE, SODIUM SELENITE, BIOTIN, SODIUM MOLYBDATE, VITAMIN D3, VITAMIN B12\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How many calories and protein are in one bottle?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Each 8 fl oz bottle contains 240 calories and 10 g of protein.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Do these bottles need refrigeration before opening?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: No, BOOST Original bottles are shelf-stable and do not require refrigeration until opened.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"BOOST","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46001098653779,"sku":"B000KK66VC","price":153.07,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/boost-creamystrawberry-front-packaging.jpg?v=1787160697"},{"product_id":"country-time-strawberry-lemonade-drink-mix-18-oz-canister-6-pack-makes-6-quarts-each-real-sugar-no-artificial-flavors","title":"Country Time Strawberry Lemonade Drink Mix 18 oz Canister — 6-Pack, Makes 6 Quarts Each, Real Sugar \u0026 No Artificial Flavors","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCountry Time Strawberry Lemonade Drink Mix is a naturally flavored powdered beverage in resealable 18 oz canisters that make six quarts each, sold here as a convenient 6-pack for family-sized refreshment.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eBring classic summertime flavor to your kitchen with Country Time's Strawberry Lemonade powdered mix. Made with real sugar and no artificial flavors, each 18-ounce canister produces six quarts of strawberry lemonade when combined with water. Packaged in an easy-measure resealable container, this multipack keeps a steady supply on hand for hot days, parties, school lunches, or everyday hydration without the fuss of fresh fruit prep.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow easy is it to prepare Country Time Strawberry Lemonade for a crowd?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePreparation is simple and scalable: pour the measured powder into a pitcher, add the recommended amount of water and ice, stir, and serve. Each 18 oz canister makes six quarts, so one container serves a large family, and the six-canister pack covers multiple gatherings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOne canister yields six quarts—ideal for parties or multiple refills.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eResealable canister preserves freshness between uses.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEasy-measure lid reduces spill and dosing errors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMixes with cold water in minutes—no cooking needed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat ingredients and flavoring can I expect from this mix?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe mix is naturally flavored and sweetened with real sugar, emphasizing a strawberry-lemonade profile without artificial flavors. It provides a familiar, bright citrus base with a strawberry finish, offering the nostalgic taste many shoppers seek in ready-to-mix lemonade products.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMade with real sugar for classic sweetness and mouthfeel.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNo artificial flavors—uses natural flavoring for taste clarity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePowdered form for long shelf life and easy storage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow should I store and keep the mix fresh after opening?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach canister is resealable and designed to limit moisture and air exposure after opening. Store the containers in a cool, dry place and ensure the lid is closed tightly to maintain flavor and prevent clumping.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eResealable lid protects against humidity and spills.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eKeep away from heat and direct sunlight to preserve taste.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse dry, measuring scoop or lid to avoid introducing moisture.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I adjust sweetness or use this mix in recipes?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes—sweetness can be modified by altering the water-to-powder ratio or adding less sugar if you prefer a milder flavor. The powdered mix also works as a base for creative drinks, mocktails, frozen slushes, or baking glazes when mixed or reduced appropriately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse less powder or more water to reduce sweetness.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAdd sparkling water for a fizzy refresher or club soda for lighter taste.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBlend with ice for smoothies or slush-style drinks; suitable as a flavoring in desserts.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for: Country Time Strawberry Lemonade Drink Mix in an 18 oz canister, sold as a six-pack, is aimed at households, event hosts, and anyone who wants an easy, naturally flavored lemonade option without artificial flavors. It’s ideal for families needing quick beverage solutions, small businesses serving refreshments, or anyone who enjoys the convenience of powdered mixes with real sugar and a resealable container for repeated use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSUGAR, FRUCTOSE, CITRIC ACID, CONTAINS LESS THAN 2% OF ASCORBIC ACID (VITAMIN C), NATURAL FLAVOR, SOY LECITHIN, MAGNESIUM OXIDE,XANTHAN GUM, ARTIFICIAL COLOR, RED 40, RED 40 LAKE.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How much drink does one 18 oz canister make?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: One 18 oz canister mixes into six quarts of strawberry lemonade when prepared as directed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Does this mix contain artificial flavors?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: No, Country Time Strawberry Lemonade Drink Mix is made without artificial flavors and uses real sugar.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Country Time","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46001105010771,"sku":"B001FA1KPS","price":140.48,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/country-time-strawberry-lemonade-front-canister.jpg?v=1787160826"},{"product_id":"sunbird-organics-ceremonial-cacao-100-organic-criollo-pieces-8-oz-melt-ready-single-origin-vegan","title":"Sunbird Organics Ceremonial Cacao – 100% Organic Criollo Pieces, 8 oz Melt-Ready, Single-Origin Vegan","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSunbird Organics Ceremonial Cacao is a single-origin, 100% organic Criollo cacao from Peru offered as small, melt-ready pieces for intentional drinks, meditation, and plant-based rituals.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eHandcrafted from rare Criollo beans grown in Satipo, Peru, this unsweetened ceremonial cacao arrives as pre-broken pieces that melt smoothly into warm beverages, smoothies, or ritual preparations. Sourced through direct-trade with Asháninka growers, the product emphasizes traceability, ethical sourcing, and minimal processing to preserve delicate aroma and natural flavor. It’s vegan, gluten-free, and free of additives—designed for people who want a pure cacao experience without added sweeteners or emulsifiers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do these melt-ready pieces make preparation easier?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe cacao is measured and broken into small pieces so you don’t need a knife or grater. They dissolve quickly when warmed, giving a silky texture without clumps or long mixing times.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePre-broken small pieces—no chopping or chopping tools required\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFast, even melting for creamy, velvety drinks\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSimple to portion for single servings or group ceremonies\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWorks in hot water, plant milk, or blended into smoothies\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat makes this Criollo cacao different from other cacao varieties?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCriollo is a heritage cacao varietal that represents a small fraction of global production and is prized for its subtle, complex flavor profile. Sunbird Organics sources Criollo from a focused region to maintain consistent aroma and a refined taste that’s less bitter than many bulk cacaos.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSingle-origin Criollo beans from Satipo, Peru\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMinimal processing to preserve delicate flavor and aroma\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGentler, nuanced chocolate notes compared with common Forastero cacao\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUnsweetened for full control over added sweetness\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I use this cacao for daily rituals, exercise, or creative work?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes—its natural profile makes it suitable for morning or evening rituals, yoga, creative sessions, or as a calm alternative to coffee. The cacao contains naturally occurring nutrients and plant compounds that many people use to foster focused, balanced energy without heavy stimulants.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIdeal before meditation, yoga, or creative practice\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse as a hot ceremonial drink, smoothie base, or baking ingredient\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUnsweetened format allows precise control of sweetness\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePlant-based and vegan-friendly for varied diets\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for: Sunbird Organics Ceremonial Cacao is built for people seeking a pure, ethically sourced cacao experience—ritual practitioners, meditators, chocolatiers, plant-based cooks, and anyone who values single-origin flavor and traceable farming. It’s also a fit for conscientious shoppers who prioritize small-batch, direct-trade products and want an unsweetened base to customize drinks or recipes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCeremonial Cacao\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Is this ceremonial cacao sweetened or flavored?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: No—Sunbird Organics Ceremonial Cacao is 100% unsweetened Criollo cacao with no added flavors or sweeteners.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How should I prepare a serving?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Warm 1–2 tablespoons of pieces in hot water or plant milk until melted, whisk to combine, and sweeten to taste if desired.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Sunbird Organics","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46001108549715,"sku":"B0FGWTH8LV","price":110.19,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/sunbird-organics-front-packaging.jpg?v=1787160869"},{"product_id":"global-basics-crystal-light-variety-drink-mix-packets-120-count-with-reusable-straw-4-flavors-low-calorie","title":"GLOBAL BASICS Crystal Light Variety Drink Mix Packets 120-Count with Reusable Straw — 4 Flavors, Low-Calorie","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCrystal Light Water Flavoring Enhancer Variety Pack delivers 120 single-serve packets in four fruity flavors plus a Global Basics reusable straw for easy, low-calorie flavored drinks anywhere.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eKeep hydration interesting without added bulk or sugar with this bulk assortment of Crystal Light drink mix packets. The bundle includes 30 packets each of Lemonade, Fruit Punch, Raspberry Lemonade, and Wild Strawberry, making it simple to add bright, fruity taste to bottled water at home, the office, the gym, or on the go. Each single-serve packet is pre-portioned for one standard bottle, and the included Global Basics reusable straw makes sipping portable, eco-friendlier, and spill-friendly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow easy is it to make a flavored drink with these packets?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eVery easy — each packet is sized for a single bottle or glass. Just pour the contents into water, shake or stir, and drink. No measuring, mixing tools, or refrigeration needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSingle-serve packets: 30 of each flavor for predictable portions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFast prep: empty, shake, and enjoy in under a minute.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWorks in standard water bottles, sports bottles, and glassware.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePortable packets fit lunch boxes, gym bags, and purses.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat flavors are included and who will like them?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis variety pack covers four familiar, kid-friendly flavors: Lemonade, Fruit Punch, Raspberry Lemonade, and Wild Strawberry. The selection balances bright citrus with sweeter berry notes so most palates find at least one favorite.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLemonade: crisp, citrus-forward option for a refreshing taste.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFruit Punch: bold, crowd-pleasing sweetness for active days.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eRaspberry Lemonade: tangy-berry with a citrus finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWild Strawberry: sweeter, classic strawberry flavor for kids and adults.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this suitable for packing, travel, or group use?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes — the bulk format and individually wrapped packets make this pack ideal for shared spaces and trips. It’s convenient for school lunches, workplace kitchens, concession stands, camping, and event hydration stations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e120 packets total: long-lasting supply for families or offices.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCompact packets take little shelf or bag space.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eReusable straw included for on-the-go sipping without disposables.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEasy to distribute in care packages, break rooms, or party cups.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat practical benefits does the Global Basics reusable straw add?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe included straw gives you a handy, sustainable option for drinking flavored water from bottles and tumblers. It reduces single-use waste and makes sipping easier when you’re moving or driving.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDishwasher-safe and portable for repeated daily use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFits most standard bottle openings and reusable cups.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHelps prevent spills and delivers a familiar drinking experience.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eComplements the packet format for fully portable hydration.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for? This Crystal Light variety bulk pack is aimed at families, busy professionals, athletes, and anyone who wants flavorful, low-calorie drinks without hauling large containers. It suits households stocking pantry staples, offices that want a simple beverage option, coaches and teams needing quick hydration choices, and travelers who prefer lightweight, single-serve solutions. If you want versatile, easy-to-use water enhancers that stay shelf-stable and travel-ready, this 120-packet assortment with a reusable straw covers everyday hydration needs while reducing single-use cup reliance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCitric Acid, Maltodextrin, Calcium Phosphate, Aspartame*, Modified Cornstarch, Contains Less Than 2% Of Natural And Artificial Flavor, Potassium Citrate, Acesulfame Potassium , Salt, Artificial Color, Red 40, Blue 1, Bha (to help protect flavor).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How many servings are in this variety pack?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: There are 120 single-serve packets total: 30 packets of each of the four flavors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Can I use these packets in cold and room-temperature water?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes, packets mix well in cold or room-temperature water; shake or stir until dissolved.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"GLOBAL BASICS","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46001109991507,"sku":"B0GZ8GSD9B","price":147.62,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/global-basics-crystal-light-front-packaging.jpg?v=1787160891"},{"product_id":"nihon-yakken-golden-aojiru-young-barley-grass-powder-92-single-serve-3g-packets-vegan-non-gmo","title":"NIHON YAKKEN Golden Aojiru Young Barley Grass Powder — 92 Single-Serve 3g Packets, Vegan \u0026 Non-GMO","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGolden Aojiru Original is a 100% Japanese young barley grass powder sold as single-serve packets to add an easy, matcha-like green boost to drinks and recipes.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eDesigned for everyday convenience, this double-pack contains two boxes of 46 packets (92 single-serve 3 g sachets total) of powdered young barley grass from NIHON YAKKEN. The powder mixes readily into water, milk, smoothies or lemonade and delivers a fresh, earthy flavor similar to matcha, while keeping preparation fast for busy mornings, workdays, or travel. The formula is vegan, non-GMO, and gluten free, making it suitable for a wide range of dietary needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow easy is it to prepare Golden Aojiru for daily use?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePreparation is quick and requires no special equipment: tear a packet, pour the powder into your chosen liquid, and stir or shake until dissolved. The small 3 g servings are portion-controlled for consistent flavor and convenience, whether you’re at home or on the go.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSingle-serve 3 g packets for no-measure convenience\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDissolves easily in cold or warm liquids\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMixes well in shakers, blenders, or with a spoon\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWorks in smoothies, milk, juice, and recipes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat does Golden Aojiru taste like and how can I use it?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe taste is grassy and gently earthy with a matcha-like profile that pairs nicely with sweet or creamy bases. It can be stirred into lemonade or milk, blended into fruit smoothies, or added to baking and sauces to impart color and flavor without overpowering other ingredients.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMatcha-like flavor that complements sweet or tart drinks\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse in smoothies, iced drinks, or warm milk\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAdd to batters, muffins, or savory dishes for color and depth\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNeutral enough to combine with fruit, yogurt, or nut milks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy choose this double-pack and what are the product specs?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe twin-box bundle gives extended supply and better value for daily users or households. Each packet contains 3 g of powdered young barley grass sourced from Japan, for a total net weight of 9.74 oz (276 g) across both boxes, labeled vegan, non-GMO, and gluten free.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e2 boxes × 46 packets = 92 single-serve sachets (3 g each)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTotal weight: 9.74 oz \/ 276 g per bundle\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMade from Japanese-grown young barley grass\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eVegan, non-GMO, gluten-free labeling\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I take Golden Aojiru while traveling or at work?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe sachet format was created for portability—pack a few into a lunchbox, gym bag, or carry-on for quick mixing wherever you are. No refrigeration or special storage is required beyond keeping the unopened packets dry and away from strong odors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLightweight single-serve packets for travel convenience\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStore in a cool, dry place; no refrigeration needed\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIdeal for packed lunches, office drawers, or travel kits\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEasy to blend in a shaker bottle or disposable cup\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho this product is for: Golden Aojiru Original suits anyone seeking a hassle-free way to add barley grass flavor and color to beverages and recipes—busy professionals, students, athletes, home bakers, and people following vegan or gluten-free diets. It’s particularly useful if you want a portable, pre-measured green powder that mixes quickly into a variety of drinks and dishes without complicated prep.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYoung barley grass powder\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How many servings are in this double pack?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: The bundle includes 92 single-serve packets (2 boxes × 46), each packet is 3 g.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Is Golden Aojiru suitable for a vegan diet?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes — this product is labeled vegan, non-GMO, and gluten free.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"NIHON YAKKEN","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46001119887443,"sku":"B0FL7T6QLT","price":166.4,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/nihon-yakken-golden-auojiru-front-packaging.jpg?v=1787161003"},{"product_id":"crystal-light-peach-mango-green-tea-powdered-pitcher-packets-60-count-low-calorie-shelf-stable-mix","title":"Crystal Light Peach Mango Green Tea powdered pitcher packets, 60-count — low-calorie, shelf-stable mix","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCrystal Light Peach Mango Green Tea powdered pitcher packets make a lightly sweet, real-green-tea iced beverage at just 5 calories per serving.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eEnjoy a shelf-stable, easy-to-mix alternative to sugary drinks with this 60-count supply of Crystal Light Naturally Flavored Peach Mango Green Tea. Each pitcher packet is pre-portioned to flavor two quarts (one standard pitcher) of iced drink, so you get consistent taste and simple prep whether you're hydrating at home, packing for an event, or stocking the office. The blend features green tea with peach and mango notes and delivers a low-calorie choice compared with typical ready-to-drink beverages.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do I prepare a pitcher from one packet?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMixing a pitcher is straightforward and quick—no measuring tools required beyond a pitcher and water. One packet is designed to flavor 8 cups (2 quarts) of cold water for immediate serving.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEmpty one packet into a 2-quart pitcher.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAdd 8 cups (64 ounces) of cold water and stir until dissolved.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eServe over ice, refrigerate up to a few days for later use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat nutritional profile does this Peach Mango Green Tea offer?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis powdered mix is formulated to be low in calories and contain no sugar per serving, making it a lighter option than many bottled beverages. It provides flavor with only a small calorie count, while the green tea base adds a familiar iced-tea profile.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eApproximately 5 calories per serving.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eZero grams of sugar per serving.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMade with real green tea for authentic tea character.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow many servings and packets come in the pack, and how should I store them?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe package contains sixty pitcher packets conveniently organized in canisters of five packets each for easy access and portion control. Packets are shelf-stable but keep them dry and sealed to preserve flavor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e60 total pitcher packets (12 canisters with 5 each).\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEach packet makes one 2-quart pitcher (about five 8-oz servings).\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStore in a cool, dry place away from strong odors; reseal canisters between use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhen is this drink mix most useful and who will like it?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis Peach Mango Green Tea mix works well for everyday hydration, gatherings, or when you want a flavorful beverage without high calories. It's a useful pantry staple for hosts, families, fitness-conscious shoppers, and anyone limiting sugar intake but who still wants a sweet fruit-iced tea option.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGreat for making pitchers for parties, picnics, or meal prep.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHandy for offices, classrooms, and shared spaces.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSuitable for people seeking lower-calorie alternatives to soda or juice.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for: Crystal Light Peach Mango Green Tea pitcher packets suit anyone who prefers iced tea with fruity notes but wants to cut calories and sugar. They are ideal for households that entertain, people who make large batches of drinks, and shoppers looking for a long-lasting, compact supply of flavored beverage mix. Remember to follow package directions for best results and refrigeration recommendations after mixing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMALTODEXTRIN, CITRIC ACID, INSTANT GREEN TEA, MALIC ACID, ASPARTAME*, ACESULFAME POTASSIUM, MAGNESIUM OXIDE, ASCORBIC ACID (VITAMIN C), NATURAL FLAVOR, RED 40, YELLOW 5, BLUE 1. *PHENYLKETONURICS: CONTAINS PHENYLALANINE\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How many servings does one packet make?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: One pitcher packet flavors 2 quarts (about five 8-oz servings) of iced drink.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Does this mix contain real tea and sugar?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes, it’s made with real green tea and contains zero grams of sugar per serving.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Crystal Light","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46001125326931,"sku":"B00B041E0A","price":139.5,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/crystal-light-peach-mango-front-packaging.jpg?v=1787161082"},{"product_id":"crystal-light-raspberry-iced-tea-powdered-drink-mix-72-pitcher-packets-zero-sugar-5-cal-per-serving","title":"Crystal Light Raspberry Iced Tea Powdered Drink Mix — 72 Pitcher Packets, Zero Sugar, 5 Cal Per Serving","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCrystal Light Raspberry Iced Tea pitcher packets deliver a fruity, zero-sugar iced tea you mix into a 2-quart pitcher for quick, low-calorie refreshment.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eEnjoy a convenient, fruity iced tea without the sugar or heavy calories. Each of the 72 pre-measured pitcher packets in this 12-canister set is formulated to make one 2-quart pitcher (about five 8-ounce servings) of Raspberry Iced Tea using real black tea for a smooth, classic taste. With only 5 calories per serving and no sugar, these powdered mixes provide a lighter alternative to juices and sodas while still offering bold raspberry flavor. The packets are portioned for easy prep—just pour one into a pitcher of water, stir, and serve.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do I prepare a pitcher of Crystal Light Raspberry Iced Tea?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMaking a pitcher takes less than a minute and needs just one packet and two quarts of water. No measuring cups or extra sweeteners required: the single-use packet is balanced to deliver consistent flavor every time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEmpty one pitcher packet into a 2-quart (8-cup) pitcher\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStir with cold water until fully dissolved\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eServe over ice; refrigerate any leftovers\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEach packet yields about five 8-oz servings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat nutritional benefits and ingredients should I expect?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Raspberry Iced Tea mix is designed as a low-calorie beverage option: each prepared serving has 5 calories and zero grams of sugar. The formula uses real black tea for its base and natural and artificial flavors for the raspberry profile; exact ingredient lists and allergen details are printed on the package.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e5 calories per 8-oz serving, zero sugar\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMade with real black tea for authentic iced tea taste\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePre-portioned packets help control servings and calories\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSNAP \u0026amp; EBT eligible where applicable\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow many servings are in this 72-packet pack and how long does it last?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe bundle contains seventy-two single-use pitcher packets grouped into twelve canisters of six packets each. Shelf life depends on storage—keep packets in a cool, dry place and check the printed best-by date; unopened packets will stay flavorful for months.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e72 pitcher packets total — each packet makes one 2-quart pitcher\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAbout five 8-oz servings per packet, roughly 360 servings total\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStore sealed packets at room temperature away from moisture\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse-by dates printed on canisters indicate peak freshness\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan Crystal Light Raspberry Iced Tea be customized?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes—this mix is a versatile base for sweeter, stronger, or flavored variations depending on taste. Adjust sweetness, tea strength, or use sparkling water to create different beverages for parties, meal pairings, or everyday hydration.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAdd fresh raspberries or lemon slices for a fruit-forward pitcher\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse less water or add extra packets for a stronger brew\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMix with sparkling water for a fizzy raspberry iced tea spritzer\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCombine with iced black tea for a richer tea-forward flavor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for: Crystal Light Raspberry Iced Tea pitcher packets are ideal for households seeking a flavorful, low-calorie alternative to sugary drinks—families, meal-prepters, office kitchens, and anyone who wants quick, consistent pitchers of iced tea without measuring. The large 72-packet supply suits frequent entertainers, busy homes, or those who prefer to keep a long-lasting beverage option on hand.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCITRIC ACID, MALTODEXTRIN, CORN SYRUP SOLIDS*, INSTANT TEA, MALIC ACID, ASPARTAME**, ACESULFAME POTASSIUM, CONTAINS LESS THAN 2% OF NATURAL FLAVOR, SODIUM CITRATE, MAGNESIUM OXIDE, RED 40, YELLOW 5, BLUE 1.* ADDS A TRIVIAL AMOUNT OF SUGAR ** PHENYLKETONURICS: CONTAINS PHENYLALANINE\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How many servings does one pitcher packet make?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Each pitcher packet makes one 2-quart pitcher, about five 8-ounce servings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Is Crystal Light Raspberry Iced Tea sugar-free?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes, the prepared drink contains zero grams of sugar and has 5 calories per serving.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Crystal Light","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46001125359699,"sku":"B00B0455BE","price":131.08,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/crystal-light-raspberry-iced-tea-front-packaging.jpg?v=1787161071"},{"product_id":"crystal-light-raspberry-lemonade-drink-mix-72-pitcher-packets-zero-sugar-makes-2-quarts-each","title":"Crystal Light Raspberry Lemonade Drink Mix — 72 Pitcher Packets, Zero Sugar, Makes ~2 Quarts Each","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCrystal Light Raspberry Lemonade Drink Mix is a zero-sugar powdered beverage that makes about 2 quarts of refreshing raspberry lemonade per pre-portioned pitcher packet.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis boxed bundle contains 72 pitcher packets (packaged as twelve boxes of six packets) of Crystal Light's artificially flavored Raspberry Lemonade drink mix. Each packet is pre-measured to make roughly 2 quarts (8 cups) of ready-to-chill drink and provides about five 8-fl-oz servings. With just 5 calories per serving and low sodium, it’s an easy, lower-calorie alternative to juice or soda when you want bright raspberry and tart lemon flavor without added sugar.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do I prepare the Raspberry Lemonade so it tastes best?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMix one pitcher packet into 2 quarts (8 cups) of cold water and stir until the powder is fully dissolved. For best flavor, chill the prepared beverage in the refrigerator for at least 30 minutes; serve over ice for extra refreshment. Adjust water volume slightly for a stronger or milder taste.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOne packet → ~2 quarts (8 cups) of water\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStir until dissolved, then refrigerate for best chill\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eServe over ice; use less water for bolder flavor\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEach packet yields about five 8 fl-oz servings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat nutritional trade-offs should I expect compared to juice or soda?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCrystal Light Raspberry Lemonade has zero grams of sugar and only 5 calories per serving, which is significantly lower than most juices and sodas. It’s artificially flavored and low in sodium, so it offers the taste of raspberry lemonade with a fraction of the calories. Check the nutrition label on the box for full ingredient and allergen details if you have dietary restrictions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e0 g sugar per serving\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e5 calories per 8 fl-oz serving\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLow sodium powdered formula\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eArtificial flavoring—see label for full ingredient list\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow many servings and events can this 72-packet bundle cover?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach pitcher packet makes about five standard 8 fl-oz servings, so a 72-packet supply yields roughly 360 servings in total. That makes the bundle suitable for family homes, small events, or workplace kitchens where you want a simple, sugar-free drink option. Because packets are single-use and pre-portioned, they’re convenient for quick mixing without measuring.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e72 pitcher packets per bundle\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eApproximately 5 servings per packet → ~360 total servings\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIndividually pre-portioned packets for easy mixing\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGood for parties, offices, and meal prep beverage stations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I customize or reuse the mix for other drinks?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes—this powdered mix can be a base for variations: use sparkling water for fizz, freeze into popsicles, or blend with whole fruit for a different texture. Keep in mind adding sugar, juice, or fruit will alter the calorie and sugar counts, so adjust portions accordingly. Prepared beverage should be covered and refrigerated for best freshness.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMake spritzers with sparkling water\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFreeze into ice pops or cubes for flavored ice\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBlend with fresh fruit for smoothies (changes nutrition)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eRefrigerate covered; consume within a few days for best taste\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for: Crystal Light Raspberry Lemonade pitcher packets are ideal for shoppers who want a low-calorie, zero-sugar flavored beverage that’s quick to prepare and easy to scale for groups. Choose this if you host small gatherings, pack beverages for a family, run a break room, or prefer a lighter alternative to traditional sugary drinks. The pre-measured pitcher packets reduce waste and measuring time, while the bright raspberry-lemon profile offers a familiar, crowd-pleasing flavor without the sugar.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCITRIC ACID, POTASSIUM CITRATE, MALTODEXTRIN, CALCIUM PHOSPHATE, ASPARTAME*, CONTAINS LESS THAN 2% OF NATURAL AND ARTIFICIAL FLAVOR, ACESULFAME POTASSIUM, SOY LECITHIN, ARTIFICIAL COLOR, RED 40, BLUE 1,TOCOPHEROL (PRESERVES FRESHNESS).*PHENYLKETONURICS: CONTAINS PHENYLALANINE\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How many servings does one packet make?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Each pitcher packet makes about 2 quarts, roughly five 8 fl-oz servings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Is this drink mix sugar free?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes. Crystal Light Raspberry Lemonade packets contain zero grams of sugar per serving.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Crystal Light","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46001125490771,"sku":"B00B045A8C","price":166.82,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/crystal-light-raspberry-lemonade-front-packaging.jpg?v=1787161071"},{"product_id":"crystal-light-peach-iced-tea-drink-mix-72-pitcher-packets-1-5-oz-low-calorie-sugar-free-black-tea-flavor","title":"Crystal Light Peach Iced Tea Drink Mix — 72 Pitcher Packets (1.5 oz) | Low-Calorie, Sugar-Free Black Tea Flavor","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCrystal Light Peach Iced Tea Pitcher Packets deliver a refreshing, low-calorie black-tea beverage you can mix by the pitcher for shareable, sugar-free refreshment.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eEnjoy the taste of peach with real black tea in an easy-to-mix powdered drink designed for groups and everyday sipping. Each pre-measured pitcher packet makes two quarts (8 cups) of iced tea and contains just 5 calories per 12 fl oz serving, offering a lighter alternative to sugary juices and sodas. The 72-count package comes as twelve canisters, each holding six pitcher packets for convenient storage and quick preparation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow easy is it to prepare a pitcher of this peach iced tea?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMixing a pitcher is simple and fast—no measuring required. Empty one pitcher packet into 2 quarts of cold water, stir until dissolved, chill, and serve. It’s ideal for busy households, parties, or when you want several servings ready at once.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOne packet = 2 quarts (8 cups) of iced tea\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePre-portioned packets eliminate measuring\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eChill prepared tea in the refrigerator for best taste\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEach packet yields about five 12 fl oz servings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat does “made with real black tea” mean for flavor?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUsing real black tea adds a crisp, slightly tannic backbone that balances the peach sweetness for a fuller, more authentic iced tea profile. The black tea base supports a brewed-like character without brewing leaves, so you get iced-tea depth from a powdered mix. Expect a bright peach note combined with traditional iced tea nuances.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBlack tea provides a natural tea flavor foundation\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePeach flavoring complements, not overwhelms, the tea\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSuitable for people who prefer brewed iced tea taste without steeping\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLow-sodium formulation preserves natural tea notes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does this product fit into a low-calorie or low-sugar routine?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis powdered mix contains zero grams of sugar and just 5 calories per 12 fl oz serving, giving you a flavorful beverage option with far fewer calories than many ready-to-drink sodas and juices. It’s a practical way to reduce added sugars while still enjoying a sweet-tasting drink. Portion control is built in through the pitcher packets.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eZero sugar per serving\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eApproximately 90% fewer calories versus leading beverages (per 12 fl oz)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEach pitcher packet produces multiple servings for sharing\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSNAP EBT eligible for budget-conscious shopping\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow long does a prepared pitcher last and how should it be stored?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAfter mixing, cover the pitcher and refrigerate to preserve freshness and flavor; it will taste best when served cold. Use within a few days for peak quality—stir before serving if separation occurs. Unopened canisters and packets store easily in a pantry or cupboard away from heat and moisture.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eRefrigerate covered pitcher for best taste\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eConsume prepared tea within a few days\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStore unopened packets in a cool, dry place\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIndividual canisters keep packets organized and portable\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for? Crystal Light Peach Iced Tea Pitcher Packets suit anyone who wants a quick, shareable iced tea with real black tea flavor but minimal calories—families, event hosts, office kitchens, and people reducing sugar intake. If you want the convenience of pre-portioned powdered mixes that make multiple servings and store neatly, this bulk 72-count bundle offers value and consistent flavor for everyday hydration.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCITRIC ACID, CORN SYRUP SOLIDS+, INSTANT TEA, MALIC ACID, ASPARTAME*, ACESULFAME POTASSIUM (SWEETENER), MALTODEXTRIN, CONTAINS LESS THAN 2% OF MAGNESIUM OXIDE, NATURAL AND ARTIFICIAL FLAVOR, RED 40, YELLOW 5, BLUE 1, SODIUM BENZOATE (PRESERVES FRESHNESS).+ADDS A TRIVIAL AMOUNT OF SUGAR*PHENYLKETONURICS: CONTAINS PHENYLALANIN\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How many servings does one pitcher packet make?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: One pitcher packet makes about five 12 fl oz servings by mixing with 2 quarts of water.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Is this iced tea mix sugar-free?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes. The Crystal Light Peach Iced Tea pitcher packets contain zero grams of sugar and are low calorie.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Crystal Light","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46001125556307,"sku":"B00B0456KE","price":128.27,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/crystal-light-peach-iced-tea-front-canister.jpg?v=1787161083"},{"product_id":"crystal-light-decaf-lemon-iced-tea-powdered-mix-72-count-12-6-pitcher-packets-zero-sugar-low-calorie","title":"Crystal Light Decaf Lemon Iced Tea Powdered Mix, 72-Count (12×6 Pitcher Packets) — Zero Sugar, Low-Calorie","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCrystal Light Decaf Lemon Iced Tea is a zero-sugar, low-calorie powdered mix that makes a smooth, citrusy 2-quart pitcher in seconds.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eLight and refreshing, this decaffeinated lemon black tea blend gives you the familiar iced-tea flavor without the calories of soda or juice. Packaged as twelve canisters of six pitcher packets each (72 total packets), every single-serve packet is formulated to mix into 2 quarts of water to yield five servings. It’s convenient for families, gatherings, offices, or anyone who wants a ready-to-make, portion-controlled beverage that doesn’t require measuring.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do I prepare a pitcher of Crystal Light Decaf Lemon Iced Tea?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eMaking a pitcher is designed to be simple and consistent: tear open one pitcher packet, pour the powder into a 2-quart pitcher, add cold water, stir, and serve. No scoop or measuring cup needed, and each packet makes roughly five 8-ounce servings. Use ice or chill before serving for the coldest flavor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOne packet per 2 quarts (8 cups) of cold water\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStir until fully dissolved—serve over ice if desired\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEach pitcher packet yields five 8-oz servings\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStore canisters in a cool, dry place to preserve freshness\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat nutrition profile can I expect from each serving?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis decaf lemon iced tea is formulated to provide flavor with minimal calories and no sugar. Each serving contains about 5 calories and zero grams of sugar, making it a lower-calorie alternative to many ready-to-drink beverages. Ingredients include black tea flavoring and natural lemon flavor, yielding a familiar iced-tea taste without excess sweeteners.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eApproximately 5 calories per 8-oz serving\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eZero grams of sugar per serving\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDecaffeinated black tea base with natural lemon flavor\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e90% fewer calories versus many leading beverages by calorie count\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow much product is in this pack and how long will it last?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe box contains twelve canisters, each with six pre-portioned pitcher packets for a total of 72 packets. Since one packet makes one 2-quart pitcher (about five servings), the entire pack makes up to 360 servings, which is convenient for stocking up or sharing over many gatherings. Because packets are individually sealed inside canisters, you can use what you need and keep the rest fresh.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e12 canisters × 6 pitcher packets = 72 packets total\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEach packet makes one 2-quart pitcher (roughly five 8-oz servings)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTotal yield about 360 individual servings per pack\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIndividually portioned packets help reduce waste and simplify prep\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I customize flavor strength or use this mix in recipes?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eYes — the packet is a baseline; add more or less water to adjust intensity. For a stronger iced tea, use less water or add a second packet to the same pitcher for bolder flavor. The mix also works as a base for mocktails, iced tea punches, or blended drinks when combined with fresh fruit, sparkling water, or herbs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse less water for a stronger brew; more water for lighter taste\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMix with sparkling water for a fizzy lemonade-iced-tea hybrid\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAdd fresh lemon slices, mint, or blended fruit for variety\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWorks in pitchers, dispensers, or beverage bars at events\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for? Crystal Light Decaf Lemon Iced Tea pitcher packets are ideal for households that want a low-calorie, low-prep beverage option, for hosts who need an easy crowd-pleaser, and for workplaces or pantries that value shelf-stable, single-serve convenience. If you prefer a familiar iced-tea flavor without sugar or much caffeine and want the flexibility to portion or customize drinks quickly, this 72-packet pack offers both value and versatility.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eINGREDIENTS: MALTODEXTRIN, CITRIC ACID, DECAFFEINATED INSTANT TEA, ASPARTAME*, CONTAINS LESS THAN 2% OF NATURAL FLAVOR, MAGNESIUM OXIDE, ACESULFAME POTASSIUM, SOY LECITHIN, ARTIFICIAL COLOR, RED 40, YELLOW 5, BLUE 1.* PHENYLKETONURICS: CONTAINS PHENYLALANINE\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How many servings does one packet make?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Each packet makes one 2-quart pitcher, about five 8-ounce servings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Is this product sugar-free and decaffeinated?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes — it contains zero grams of sugar per serving and is decaffeinated.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Crystal Light","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46001126703187,"sku":"B00B04IP5M","price":141.47,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/crystal-light-canister-front.jpg?v=1787161102"},{"product_id":"crystal-light-raspberry-ice-drink-mix-120-packets-12-10-single-serve-6-oz-zero-sugar-5-calories-on-the-go-convenience","title":"Crystal Light Raspberry Ice Drink Mix 120 Packets (12×10) Single-Serve .6 oz — Zero Sugar, 5 Calories, On-the-Go Convenience","description":"\u003cstrong\u003eCrystal Light Raspberry Ice On-the-Go powdered drink mix delivers bright raspberry flavor in portable, single-serve packets with zero sugar and just 5 calories per serving.\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThese individually sealed .6 oz packets are pre-measured to flavor about 16 fl oz (2 cups) of water, making it easy to swap sugary sodas or juices for a low-calorie alternative. The 12-box bundle contains ten packets per box so you’ll have a steady supply for the home, office, or travel. Each packet mixes quickly into plain water—no measuring required—so you can enjoy flavored hydration without added sugar or heavy calories.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do I prepare a Crystal Light Raspberry Ice drink when I'm out and about?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePreparing a packet is simple and quick: tear open, pour into a bottle or cup with about 16 fl oz of water, then shake or stir until dissolved. It’s designed for convenience so you can make a refreshing drink in seconds without extra tools.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse bottle or tall glass with roughly 2 cups (16 fl oz) water.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eShake in a resealable bottle or stir thoroughly in a cup.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eReady to drink immediately—cold water improves flavor.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat nutritional benefits and limits should I expect from a packet?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach serving contains zero grams of sugar and about 5 calories, providing a flavored alternative to higher-calorie beverages. It’s also formulated to be low in sodium and can help reduce added-sugar intake compared with many juices and sodas.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eZero sugar per packet; approximately 5 calories per serving.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLower-calorie choice compared with many leading flavored beverages.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLow in sodium; contains artificial flavoring and sweeteners.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow many packets are included and how should I store them?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe bundle contains 12 boxes with 10 individual .6 oz packets each, giving you 120 single-serve mixes total. Store unopened packets in a cool, dry place; once opened, use the packet contents immediately for best taste and freshness.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e12 boxes × 10 packets = 120 single-serve packets included.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eKeep in a cool, dry cupboard; avoid humid or hot environments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePackets are individually sealed for portability and freshness.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I customize strength or use this mix in different beverages?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou can easily adjust flavor intensity by changing the water amount—less water for stronger flavor, more for milder. While designed for water, the powder can also be used to flavor sparkling water or blended into iced beverages; avoid hot liquids to maintain intended taste profile.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse less water for bolder taste, more water for a lighter drink.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWorks with still or sparkling cold water; avoid hot mixes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGood for iced drinks and quick beverage recipes where sweetness is desired without sugar.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for: Crystal Light Raspberry Ice On-the-Go packets suit anyone wanting flavored hydration without added sugar—busy professionals, parents packing lunches, gym-goers, commuters, or travelers. If you prioritize easy portion control, low calories, and convenient single-serve packaging, these packets offer a portable, flavor-forward option to replace sugary drinks while staying simple to prepare and carry.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMALTODEXTRIN, CITRIC ACID, MALIC ACID, ASPARTAME*, RED 40, CONTAINS LESS THAN 2% OF NATURAL AND ARTIFICIAL FLAVOR, SODIUM CITRATE, CALCIUM PHOSPHATE, ACESULFAME POTASSIUM, BLUE 1. *PHENYLKETONURICS: CONTAINS PHENYLALANINE\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How many calories are in one Crystal Light Raspberry Ice packet?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Each packet contains about 5 calories.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How much water should I mix with one packet?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Mix one packet into approximately 16 fl oz (2 cups) of cold water.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Crystal Light","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46001130700883,"sku":"B00CJQEDRO","price":161.7,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/crystal-light-raspberry-ice-front-box.jpg?v=1787161173"},{"product_id":"crystal-light-cherry-pomegranate-drink-mix-pitcher-packets-60-ct-2-2-oz-canister-zero-sugar-low-calorie","title":"Crystal Light Cherry Pomegranate Drink Mix Pitcher Packets, 60 ct — 2.2 oz Canister, Zero Sugar, Low-Calorie","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCrystal Light Cherry Pomegranate powdered pitcher packets make a fruity, low-calorie drink fast—just stir one packet into 2 quarts of water for a pitcher that serves five.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEnjoy a lightly sweetened cherry and pomegranate flavored beverage that's designed to cut calories without losing taste. These convenient 2.2 oz canisters hold sixty single-use pitcher packets sized to make a two-quart pitcher each, so you can prepare a large batch for gatherings, daily hydration, or keeping on hand at the office. With zero sugar and about 10 calories per serving, the mix provides a flavorful alternative to sodas or juices while using natural flavors for fruit-forward character.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow easy is it to prepare a pitcher with these packets?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePreparing a pitcher takes only moments: empty one packet into a pitcher, add 8 cups (2 quarts) of cold water, stir until dissolved, and serve. No measuring required, which makes it practical for busy homes or quick entertaining.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEach packet measures the exact mix for one 2-quart pitcher\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eReady in under a minute with cold water and a spoon\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMake ahead and chill for party service or daily use\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePortion-friendly for consistent flavor each batch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat are the nutrition and ingredient highlights?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis Cherry Pomegranate mix contains zero grams of sugar and about 10 calories per serving, offering a lightweight option compared to many ready-to-drink beverages. It relies on natural flavors for its fruity profile and is portioned so you can control intake while enjoying a satisfying taste.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eApproximately 10 calories per serving, zero sugar\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNatural flavors provide the cherry and pomegranate notes\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEach pitcher yields five standard servings for sharing\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUseful for lowering beverage calories without sacrificing flavor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow many servings will I get and where does it fit into routines?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach pitcher packet makes five servings, and with sixty packets in the package you can prepare many pitchers for weeks of use. The format suits meal prep, hydration throughout the day, or providing a lightly flavored drink at gatherings without refrigeration space concerns for bottled drinks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e60 pitcher packets per container for extended supply\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOne packet = one 2-quart pitcher = about five servings\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGreat for stocking at home, office kitchens, or events\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMix-and-serve design reduces single-use bottle waste\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan this product work for parties, kids, or meal planning?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes—its neutral calorie profile and fruity taste make it a flexible option for family events, school lunches, or casual get-togethers. Since it mixes with water, you can serve it chilled, over ice, or add fresh fruit slices for presentation without changing the basic preparation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eKid-friendly flavor without high sugar content\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEasy to scale up for large groups by mixing multiple packets\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAdd slices of citrus or berries to enhance appearance and aroma\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePortable pitcher packets are convenient for catering or picnics\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for: Crystal Light Cherry Pomegranate pitcher packets are aimed at people who want a flavorful, low-calorie beverage option that's quick to make and easy to portion. Ideal for households monitoring sugar intake, busy families who need fast drink solutions, office breakrooms, and anyone organizing casual gatherings where a fruity, calorie-conscious drink is preferred. If you want the convenience of a ready-to-mix pitcher packet with a bright cherry-pomegranate taste and minimal calories, this product provides a practical, shelf-stable supply.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCITRIC ACID, MALTODEXTRIN, ASPARTAME*, CONTAINS LESS THAN 2% OF NATURAL FLAVOR, ASCORBIC ACID (VITAMIN C), MAGNESIUM OXIDE, ACESULFAME POTASSIUM, BLUE 1, RED 40. *PHENYLKETONURICS: CONTAINS PHENYLALANINE\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How many servings are in one pitcher packet?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: One packet makes a 2-quart pitcher, which yields about five standard servings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Does this mix contain sugar?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: No, the Cherry Pomegranate pitcher packets contain zero grams of sugar and about 10 calories per serving.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Crystal Light","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46001130733651,"sku":"B00CJSW25W","price":132.74,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/crystal-light-cherry-pomegranate-front-packaging.jpg?v=1787161174"},{"product_id":"crystal-light-wild-strawberry-powdered-drink-mix-120-on-the-go-packets-zero-sugar-60-mg-caffeine-10-cal-each","title":"Crystal Light Wild Strawberry powdered drink mix 120 On-the-Go packets — zero sugar, 60 mg caffeine, 10 cal each","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCrystal Light Wild Strawberry On-the-Go powdered drink mix delivers a sweet strawberry flavor with zero sugar, 10 calories per packet, and 60 mg of caffeine in a pocket-sized sachet.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eEnjoy a fruity, low-calorie drink wherever you are. These individually wrapped 0.11 oz packets make it easy to flavor a standard 16.9 fl oz (2-cup) bottle of water — no measuring, no mess. With 120 packets included (12 boxes of 10 packets each), this bulk pack keeps you stocked for workdays, workouts, travel, or everyday hydration without added sugar.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do I prepare a Wild Strawberry packet quickly?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePreparing a packet takes seconds: tear, pour, and stir or shake. The single-serve format prevents spills and lets you mix directly into a bottle or glass for the most convenient refreshment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTear open one 0.11 oz packet.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePour into 16.9 fl oz (2 cups) of cold water.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eClose the bottle and shake or stir until dissolved.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEnjoy immediately or keep chilled for later.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat nutritional profile and stimulant content should I expect?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach packet supplies a sweet strawberry taste without sugar and with only 10 calories, making it a low-calorie alternative to juices and regular sodas. It also contains 60 mg of caffeine per serving, a modest boost comparable to some soft drinks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCalories: 10 per packet.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSugar: 0 grams — artificially flavored.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCaffeine: 60 mg per packet for a light energy lift.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePortion control: single-serve packets to manage intake.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy choose single-serve packets over bottled flavored drinks?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePackets save space, reduce waste from bulky bottles, and allow you to customize flavor intensity by adjusting water amount. They’re ideal for travel or on-the-go use because they’re lightweight and won’t leak in bags.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCompact: slips into purses, backpacks, or desk drawers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFreshness: sealed packets keep powder dry until use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCost-effective: bulk 120-pack reduces shopping frequency.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFlexible: mix in bottles, shakers, or glasses.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow long will a 120-pack last me?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHow long the supply lasts depends on your daily use. At one packet per day, 120 packets last roughly four months; if you use more for family or workouts, the pack stretches across weeks rather than days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e1 packet\/day = ~120 days supply.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e2 packets\/day = ~60 days supply.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGreat for stocking office kitchens, gym bags, or travel kits.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for: Crystal Light Wild Strawberry On-the-Go packets suit anyone wanting a flavorful, low-calorie drink with an added caffeine kick — commuters, students, fitness enthusiasts, and those cutting back on sugar. If you prefer portable single-serve options and controllable flavor, this 120-count bundle keeps you stocked so you can brighten plain water anytime without carrying extra bottles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eCITRIC ACID, MALTODEXTRIN, ASPARTAME*, CAFFEINE, CONTAINS LESS THAN 2% OF MAGNESIUM OXIDE, NATURAL AND ARTIFICIAL FLAVOR, ARTIFICIAL COLOR, RED 40, TOCOPHEROL (TO PROTECT FLAVOR), YELLOW 5, BLUE 1, SOY LECITHIN.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e*PHENYLKETONURICS: CONTAINS PHENYLALANINE\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How much caffeine is in each Crystal Light Wild Strawberry packet?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Each packet contains 60 mg of caffeine, comparable to a small caffeinated soft drink.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Can I mix one packet with more or less water?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes. One packet is formulated for 16.9 fl oz, but you can adjust water volume for milder or stronger flavor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Crystal Light","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46001130831955,"sku":"B00CJQE7UM","price":107.13,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/crystal-light-wild-strawberry-front-packaging.jpg?v=1787161172"},{"product_id":"crystal-light-peach-iced-tea-drink-mix-120-single-serve-packets-zero-sugar-on-the-go-hydration","title":"Crystal Light Peach Iced Tea Drink Mix — 120 Single-Serve Packets, Zero Sugar, On-the-Go Hydration","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCrystal Light Peach Iced Tea On-the-Go powdered drink mix delivers a refreshing peach-and-black-tea flavored beverage in individually sealed, zero-sugar packets for easy, low-calorie hydration anywhere.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThese single-serve packets come pre-measured so you can enjoy peach iced tea without added sugar or excess calories. The box contains twelve sleeves of ten 0.07 oz packets (120 packets total), each making one 16 fl oz-style serving when mixed into about 2 cups of water. With roughly 5 calories per prepared drink and low sodium, this powdered mix is designed to replace higher-calorie beverages while fitting into busy schedules—toss a packet into a bottle, shake, and enjoy.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do I prepare a Crystal Light peach iced tea packet?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePreparing a single packet is fast and mess-free so you can mix drinks at home, at work, or on the go. Empty the packet into a bottle or tall glass, add approximately 2 cups (about 16 fl oz) of cold water, then stir or shake until dissolved. Adjust water volume to taste for a lighter or stronger flavor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse 2 cups (16 fl oz) cold water per 0.07 oz packet for standard strength.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eShake in a reusable bottle or stir in a glass for even mixing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFor iced drinks, add ice after mixing or combine with chilled water.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSaves space—each individually sealed packet fits in a pocket, bag, or locker.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat are the nutrition highlights and ingredients to expect?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis product is formulated to deliver flavor with minimal calories and no sugar. Each prepared serving contains about 5 calories and zero grams of sugar, offering a lighter alternative to soda and many juices. The flavor profile blends black tea notes with peach taste and is low in sodium.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAbout 5 calories per mixed serving (per packet).\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eZero grams of sugar per serving; artificially flavored.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLow-sodium formulation for everyday use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIndividually sealed 0.07 oz powdered packets for single servings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy choose these packets over bottled drinks or juice?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese powdered singles reduce storage space, shipping weight, and cost compared with carrying many prepared bottles. They let you control sweetness and strength while offering a consistent peach-iced-tea flavor without added sugar. Perfect for travelers, fitness bags, or a pantry staple for families seeking lower-calorie drink options.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e120 total packets (12 boxes × 10 packets) for long-lasting supply.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCompact, lightweight packets for travel and commuting convenience.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFewer calories than many leading beverages—helpful for calorie-conscious choices.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSNAP EBT eligible, offering budget-friendly access.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for? If you want a portable, low-calorie beverage option that tastes like peach iced tea but contains no sugar, Crystal Light Peach Iced Tea singles are a practical choice. They suit students stocking a locker, commuters keeping a desk drawer stash, parents wanting a simple family-friendly option, or anyone who prefers flavored water without the calories of soda or juice. Keep a box in your pantry, gym bag, or car for instant flavored hydration whenever you need it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCITRIC ACID, CORN SYRUP SOLIDS*, INSTANT TEA, MALIC ACID, ASPARTAME**, ACESULFAME POTASSIUM, MALTODEXTRIN, CONTAINS LESS THAN 2% OF MAGNESIUM OXIDE, NATURAL AND ARTIFICIAL FLAVOR, RED 40, YELLOW 5, BLUE 1, SODIUM BENZOATE (PRESERVES FRESHNESS).* ADDS A TRIVIAL AMOUNT OF SUGAR ** PHENYLKETONURICS: CONTAINS PHENYLALANINE.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How many packets are in one purchase?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: This package includes 120 single-serve packets—twelve boxes of ten packets each.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Can I adjust the drink strength?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes. Use about 2 cups of water per packet for standard strength and add more or less water to taste.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Crystal Light","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46001130897491,"sku":"B00CJQECJS","price":132.41,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/crystal-light-peach-front-packaging.jpg?v=1787161173"},{"product_id":"crystal-light-cherry-pomegranate-drink-mix-120-packets-zero-sugar-10-calorie-single-serve-packets","title":"Crystal Light Cherry Pomegranate Drink Mix 120 Packets — Zero Sugar, 10 Calorie Single-Serve Packets","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCrystal Light Cherry Pomegranate is a zero-sugar, low-calorie powdered drink mix sold as 120 individually sealed on-the-go packets that flavor water with a refreshing cherry-pomegranate taste.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eLight and portable, these Crystal Light singles are pre-measured 0.11 oz packets engineered for busy days, travel, workouts, or simply keeping a flavored beverage at hand without added sugar. Each packet mixes into two cups of water to make a 10-calorie drink that provides a flavorful alternative to sugary sodas and many juices. The product is packaged as twelve boxes of ten packets each, making refill and storage straightforward for homes, offices, or bags.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do I prepare a Crystal Light Cherry Pomegranate drink quickly?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eMixing a packet takes seconds and requires no measuring—ideal for when you need something fast. Empty one packet into a bottle, travel tumbler, or tall glass, add about two cups (16 fl oz) of cold water, then stir or shake until dissolved. It’s ready to enjoy immediately, hot-weather simple and portable for on-the-go hydration.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOne 0.11 oz packet per 16 fl oz (about two cups) of water\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStir with a spoon or shake in a sealed bottle for 10–15 seconds\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIndividually sealed packets fit in purses, pockets, and gym bags\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat are the nutrition and ingredient highlights I should know?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eEach prepared drink contains zero grams of sugar and 10 calories, offering roughly 90% fewer calories than many leading beverages. The cherry-pomegranate flavor comes from natural flavoring components, and the mix is formulated to be low in sodium. It’s designed as a flavorful, low-calorie option rather than a source of nutrients.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eZero sugar and 10 calories per 16 fl oz serving\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNatural flavoring listed as cherry pomegranate with other natural flavor\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLow sodium formula and sugar-free profile\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhere and when is this drink mix most useful?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThese single-serve packets are built for portability and convenience—great for daily commutes, travel, or keeping a flavored beverage at work or school. Because each packet is individually sealed, you can store them in a vehicle, purse, gym bag, or kitchen drawer without worrying about spills or measuring. They’re also handy for social gatherings and outdoor activities where carrying bottled beverages is less convenient.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePre-portioned singles for handbags, backpacks, and office drawers\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eConvenient for travel, picnics, sports, and remote work\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTwelve boxes of ten packets for extended supply and easy restocking\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan this product replace sodas or juices in my routine?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAs a flavored water alternative, Crystal Light Cherry Pomegranate delivers taste with minimal calories, making it a practical swap for higher-calorie drinks. It does not provide the same nutrients found in 100% fruit juices, but it gives a sweet-tasting option without sugar. Use it when you want flavored hydration without the added sugars of many commercial beverages.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eProvides flavor without the sugar found in many sodas or juices\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e10 calories per serving compared to about 130 calories in many leading beverages\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEasy substitution for on-the-go sipping and hydration habits\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for: Crystal Light Cherry Pomegranate single-serve packets suit anyone seeking a portable, low-calorie flavored beverage—commuters, parents packing lunches, office workers, athletes who prefer flavored water, and travelers. If you want a quick way to add consistent cherry-pomegranate taste to water without measuring or sugar, these 120 packets (twelve boxes of ten) give a long-lasting, stashable supply for everyday use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCITRIC ACID, MALTODEXTRIN, ASPARTAME*, CONTAINS LESS THAN 2% OF NATURAL FLAVOR, ASCORBIC ACID (VITAMIN C), MAGNESIUM OXIDE, ACESULFAME POTASSIUM, BLUE 1, RED 40. *PHENYLKETONURICS: CONTAINS PHENYLALANINE\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How many calories are in each prepared packet?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Each packet makes a 16 fl oz drink with 10 calories.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How do I make the drink from a packet?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Empty one packet into 16 fl oz of water, then stir or shake until dissolved.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Crystal Light","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46001130930259,"sku":"B00CJSW5WM","price":107.95,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/crystal-light-front-box.jpg?v=1787161172"},{"product_id":"crystal-light-powdered-drink-mix-strawberry-orange-banana-72-pitcher-packets-12-canisters-zero-sugar-5-cal","title":"Crystal Light powdered drink mix Strawberry Orange Banana — 72 pitcher packets (12 canisters), zero sugar, 5 cal","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCrystal Light Strawberry Orange Banana powdered drink mix delivers fruity, low-calorie pitcher servings—zero sugar and just 5 calories per serving for a refreshing beverage that makes one 2‑quart pitcher per packet.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis 72‑packet bundle (twelve canisters of six pitcher packets) is designed for families, gatherings, or everyday hydration when you want bright, fruit-forward flavor without the calories of juice or soda. Each single-use pitcher packet dissolves easily in 8 cups (2 quarts) of water to create a batch you can serve chilled over ice or keep in the fridge for later. The artificially flavored Strawberry Orange Banana profile blends familiar fruity notes for a versatile drink your household can enjoy any time of day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow much does each packet make and how do I prepare it?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach pitcher packet is pre-measured to flavor one 2‑quart (8 cup) pitcher. Preparation is simple and fast.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse one packet per 2 quarts (8 cups) of cold water.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTear open the packet and pour the powder into the pitcher, then stir until fully dissolved.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eServe over ice or refrigerate to chill; yields about five 8‑oz servings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat are the nutrition and ingredient highlights?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe mix provides a low‑calorie option with no sugar in each serving while retaining bright, fruity taste through artificial flavoring. It’s meant as an alternative to higher‑calorie beverages.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eZero grams of sugar per serving.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eApproximately 5 calories per serving versus roughly 70 calories in many leading drinks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eArtificially flavored to recreate strawberry, orange, and banana notes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eConvenient single‑use pitcher packets for consistent portions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does the 72‑packet pack help with storage and entertaining?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 72‑packet configuration (12 canisters × 6 packets) is intended for long‑term use, easy storage, and quick refills for parties or daily use. Canisters protect packets and keep them organized.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTwelve re-sealable canisters, each containing six pitcher packets.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCompact storage that fits in pantry shelves or cupboard space.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePortable packets are convenient for picnics, potlucks, and travel.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePortion control—no measuring for each pitcher.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this suitable for household diets and assistance programs?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe product is designed to fit into calorie‑conscious routines and may be accepted by some assistance programs; check local eligibility for SNAP EBT where applicable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLow‑calorie option for people monitoring intake.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eZero sugar supports lower‑sugar preferences.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSNAP EBT eligible in many states; verify locally.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNon‑perishable shelf stable for pantry stocking.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for: This Crystal Light Strawberry Orange Banana 72‑packet pack is ideal for households that want a flavorful, low‑calorie pitcher beverage without the sugar of juice or soda. It works well for families, event hosts, office kitchens, or anyone seeking convenient, portioned drink mix options for daily hydration, lightweight entertaining, or pantry backup.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCITRIC ACID, MALTODEXTRIN, POTASSIUM CITRATE, NATURAL FLAVOR, ASPARTAME*, CONTAINS LESS THAN 2% OF ARTIFICIAL FLAVOR, MAGNESIUM OXIDE, ACESULFAME POTASSIUM, SOY LECITHIN, ARTIFICIAL COLOR, RED 40, RED 40 LAKE, BLUE 1.* PHENYLKETONURICS: CONTAINS PHENYLALANINE\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How many servings are in one pitcher packet?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Each packet makes one 2‑quart pitcher, roughly five 8‑oz servings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Does this mix contain sugar?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: No — the mix contains zero grams of sugar and about 5 calories per serving.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Crystal Light","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46001130963027,"sku":"B00CJSW3II","price":117.05,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/crystal-light-front-packaging.jpg?v=1787161173"},{"product_id":"crystal-light-on-the-go-energy-citrus-powdered-drink-mix-10-count-boxes-pack-of-12-zero-sugar-60-mg-caffeine","title":"Crystal Light On The Go Energy Citrus powdered drink mix 10-count boxes (Pack of 12) — Zero Sugar, 60 mg Caffeine","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCrystal Light On The Go Energy Citrus is a zero-sugar powdered drink mix that delivers a bright citrus flavor and 60 mg of caffeine per single-serve packet.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis bulk pack contains twelve individual boxes, each holding ten single-serve powdered packets designed to be mixed with water for an instant, low-calorie citrus beverage. The convenient stick-style packets are portioned for easy use at home, the office, or on the move, offering a grab-and-mix pick-me-up without added sugar and with just 10 calories per serving.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow much caffeine and calories are in each packet?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach packet provides a mild-to-moderate caffeine boost and keeps calories very low. It’s formulated to give energy without the added sugars and excessive calories found in many ready-to-drink options.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e60 mg of caffeine per packet\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eApproximately 10 calories per serving\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eZero sugar — sweetened without added sugar\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSingle-serve 0.09 oz packets for consistent dosing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do I prepare the On The Go Energy Citrus drink?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMaking a serving takes seconds: pour one powder packet into a glass or bottle, add water, stir or shake, and it’s ready to drink. The powder dissolves quickly so you can mix in a reusable bottle or a cup and enjoy immediately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse a standard 12–16 oz of cold water for best flavor\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePour packet contents directly into water and stir or shake\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNo measuring required — pre-portioned packets simplify preparation\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePortable for travel, gym, or desk use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat makes this pack convenient for everyday use?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis set is packaged as a multi-box bulk supply so you can stash packets wherever you need them. Each compact box fits easily in bags, drawers, and glove compartments, making it simple to carry a caffeine option without weight from cans or bottles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e12 boxes per pack, each box contains 10 packets\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSlim single-serve packets are pocket- and bag-friendly\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIdeal for distributing across home, work, and travel locations\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePackaging may vary between shipments\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho this is for: If you want a quick, low-calorie citrus beverage with a caffeine boost and no added sugar, this Crystal Light On The Go Energy Citrus bulk pack is aimed at busy commuters, students, and anyone who prefers portable, pre-measured drink mixes. It’s also useful for offices or households that like to keep a steady supply of convenient, flavorful hydration with energy support.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eCITRIC ACID, MALTODEXTRIN, ASPARTAME*, SUGAR**, CAFFEINE, CONTAINS LESS THAN 2% OF MAGNESIUM OXIDE, NATURAL FLAVOR, SOY LECITHIN, ARTIFICIAL COLOR, YELLOW 5.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style='color: rgb(51, 51, 51); line-height: 115%; font-family: \"Tahoma\",\"sans-serif\"; font-size: 14px; mso-fareast-font-family: Calibri; mso-fareast-theme-font: minor-latin; mso-ansi-language: EN-US; mso-fareast-language: EN-US; mso-bidi-language: AR-SA;'\u003e* PHENYLKETONURICS: CONTAINS PHENYLALANINE \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style='color: rgb(51, 51, 51); line-height: 115%; font-family: \"Tahoma\",\"sans-serif\"; font-size: 14px; mso-fareast-font-family: Calibri; mso-fareast-theme-font: minor-latin; mso-ansi-language: EN-US; mso-fareast-language: EN-US; mso-bidi-language: AR-SA;'\u003e** ADDS TRIVIAL AMOUNT OF SUGAR\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How many packets are included in the full purchase?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: This pack includes twelve boxes, each with ten packets, totaling 120 single-serve packets.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Is this drink mix sugar-free?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes. Each packet contains zero grams of added sugar and about 10 calories per serving.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Crystal Light","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46001131061331,"sku":"B00CJQEFFE","price":138.87,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/crystal-light-on-the-go-citrus-front-packaging.jpg?v=1787161173"},{"product_id":"crystal-light-pink-lemonade-pitcher-packets-72-count-zero-sugar-5-cal-serving-pre-portioned","title":"Crystal Light Pink Lemonade Pitcher Packets 72-Count — Zero Sugar, 5 Cal\/Serving, Pre-Portioned","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCrystal Light Pink Lemonade pitcher packets deliver a tangy, zero-sugar pink lemonade you can mix in seconds for a low-calorie drink the whole family can enjoy.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThese pre-portioned powdered drink mixes are designed to make 2 quarts of pink lemonade per packet, with just 5 calories per serving and no sugar. The box contains 12 canisters, each holding 6 individual pitcher packets, for a total of 72 single-use packets. They’re shelf-stable, easy to store, and ideal for home use, parties, picnics, or keeping on hand for everyday hydration without the sugar load of traditional sodas or juices.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do I prepare Crystal Light Pink Lemonade pitcher packets?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePreparing a pitcher is quick and consistent because each packet is pre-measured to flavor two quarts of water. No measuring tools required—just tear, pour, stir, and chill.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEmpty one packet into a pitcher.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAdd 8 cups (2 quarts) of cold water and stir until dissolved.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eRefrigerate for best taste; serve over ice.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEach packet yields about 5 eight-ounce servings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat makes this pink lemonade a lower-calorie choice?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCrystal Light’s powder formula uses sweeteners and flavoring so you get the classic pink lemonade taste with a fraction of the calories. This product contains zero grams of sugar and approximately 5 calories per serving, offering a lighter alternative to many leading beverages.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eZero sugar per serving.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAbout 5 calories per 8 fl oz serving.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLow sodium content compared with many bottled beverages.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePackaged in individual pitcher packets to control portion and waste.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow many packets are in the box and how long will they last?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe pack includes 12 canisters, each with 6 pitcher packets—72 packets total—so you can make many pitchers without frequent repurchasing. Frequency of use depends on household size and drinking habits, but this quantity suits households, small events, or regular daily use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e72 total pitcher packets (12 canisters × 6 packets).\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEach packet makes ~5 servings, totaling roughly 360 eight-ounce servings per box.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eShelf-stable until the printed expiration—store in a cool, dry place.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePre-portioned packets reduce mixing errors and waste.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I customize the flavor or strength of the lemonade?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes—you can easily tailor sweetness and intensity by adjusting water volume or combining packets. For a lighter flavor, increase water; for a stronger taste, use less water or mix two packets into the same pitcher.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse more water for milder flavor and fewer calories per glass.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMix two packets into a single 2-quart pitcher for stronger flavor.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAdd fresh lemon slices, mint, or sparkling water for variations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMix with iced tea to create a homemade Arnold Palmer.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for? Crystal Light Pink Lemonade pitcher packets are aimed at people who want a flavorful, low-calorie drink option without the sugar of traditional sodas or juices. It’s practical for families, busy hosts, fitness-conscious consumers, and anyone who prefers the convenience of pre-measured packets for consistent results. Because the packets are portable and shelf-stable, they’re also suitable for gatherings, work lunchrooms, or travel where refrigeration or bottled options are less convenient. Keep prepared pitchers refrigerated and use within a few days for best taste.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCITRIC ACID, POTASSIUM CITRATE, MALTODEXTRIN, ASPARTAME*, MAGNESIUM OXIDE, CONTAINS LESS THAN 2% OF NATURAL FLAVOR, ACESULFAME POTASSIUM, SOY LECITHIN, ARTIFICIAL COLOR, RED 40.* PHENYLKETONURICS: CONTAINS PHENYLALANINE\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How much water does one packet make?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Each pitcher packet is designed to be mixed with 2 quarts (8 cups) of water, making about five 8-ounce servings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Is Crystal Light Pink Lemonade sugar-free?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes. This powdered mix contains zero grams of sugar and about 5 calories per serving.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Crystal Light","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46001132339283,"sku":"B00CMQFVTA","price":133.89,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/crystal-light-pink-lemonade-front-packaging.jpg?v=1787161191"},{"product_id":"terrasoul-superfoods-maqui-berry-powder-organic-freeze-dried-1-lb-4-4-oz-seed-free-antioxidant-rich","title":"Terrasoul Superfoods Maqui Berry Powder — Organic Freeze-Dried 1 lb (4 × 4 oz) Seed-Free, Antioxidant-Rich","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTerrasoul Superfoods Organic Maqui Berry Powder is a freeze-dried, seed-removed berry powder sold as four resealable 4 oz packs (1 lb total) for adding vibrant flavor and color to smoothies, bowls, and recipes.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eHarvested in Patagonia and rapidly freeze-dried after picking, this maqui berry powder concentrates the fresh fruit's flavor into a convenient, shelf-stable powder. The product is USDA Organic, Non-GMO, vegan, gluten-free, and comes from Terrasoul Superfoods, a family-operated brand focused on high-quality sourcing and fair practices. Seeds are removed for a smoother texture that blends well into drinks and desserts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow will this powder change my smoothies and bowls?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMaqui powder adds a complex berry profile—think blackberry, blueberry, a hint of watermelon and a touch of açaí—along with a vivid purple color that elevates presentation. Because it’s finely milled and seed-free, it mixes smoothly into liquids and soft bases without grittiness.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse 1–2 teaspoons per serving for color and flavor.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBlends easily with yogurt, milk alternatives, and juices.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIdeal for smoothie bowls, overnight oats, and chia puddings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat makes this Terrasoul Superfoods maqui powder different from fresh or frozen berries?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFreeze-drying immediately after harvest preserves much of the fruit’s natural flavor while removing moisture for a long shelf life. The powder is milled without seeds, so it offers a smoother mouthfeel than blended fresh berries and requires no refrigeration until opened.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFreeze-dried soon after harvest to retain taste and color.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSeed-free milling for a silky texture in recipes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eResealable packages for easy storage and portioning.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow can I use this powder in cooking and baking?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMaqui powder works as a natural colorant and flavor booster in many recipes. It pairs with dairy or plant-based creams for sauces and frostings, and can be folded into batters for muffins, pancakes, and energy bites to add a fruity tint and taste.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStir into yogurt, smoothies, and oatmeal for instant flavor.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFold into dessert batters or frosting for color and aroma.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMix into dressings, sauces, or beverage concentrates for a fruity note.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this product responsibly sourced and easy to store?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTerrasoul Superfoods partners with growers to source high-quality maqui from Patagonia, then freeze-dries and packages the powder into small resealable pouches. The unit you receive is a case containing four 4 oz pouches (total 1 lb), making it convenient to use gradually while keeping unused portions fresh.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFour resealable 4 oz packs per case for portion control.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUSDA Organic, Non-GMO, gluten-free, vegan, and Earth Kosher certified.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStore in a cool, dry place; refrigerate after opening for longest freshness.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for: This maqui berry powder is suited for home cooks, smoothie lovers, bakers, and anyone who wants a shelf-stable way to add vivid berry flavor and color to foods. It’s especially useful for people seeking organic, vegan-friendly ingredients that are simple to measure and incorporate into everyday recipes without preparing fresh fruit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrganic Maqui Powder (Aristotelia Chilensis)\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How much maqui powder should I add to a smoothie?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Start with 1 teaspoon per smoothie and increase to 1–2 teaspoons for stronger flavor and color.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Does this product contain seeds or preservatives?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: No — the powder is seed-removed, freeze-dried, and contains no added preservatives.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Terrasoul Superfoods","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46001141448787,"sku":"B00EZTTMYC","price":140.7,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/terrasoul-maqui-front-packaging.jpg?v=1787161321"},{"product_id":"carnation-breakfast-essentials-chocolate-nutritional-powder-drink-mix-13g-protein-21-vitamins-minerals-resealable-canister","title":"Carnation Breakfast Essentials Chocolate Nutritional Powder Drink Mix — 13g Protein, 21 Vitamins \u0026 Minerals, Resealable Canister","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCarnation Breakfast Essentials Nutritional Powder Drink Mix in Chocolate delivers a ready-to-mix morning beverage with 13 g of protein and a broad spectrum of vitamins and minerals per serving.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eDesigned for busy mornings and active days, this chocolate-flavored powder mixes easily with a cup of milk to create a calorie-controlled, nutrient-rich breakfast drink. It aims to help fill dietary gaps with 21 vitamins and minerals, including full daily value of vitamin C and half the daily value of vitamin D. Packaged in a resealable canister, the mix is meant to be convenient for quick breakfasts, post-workout recovery, or when a balanced option is needed on the go.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat nutrients are in this chocolate breakfast drink?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach prepared serving supplies protein plus a wide range of micronutrients to support everyday needs. It contributes to daily intake of vitamins and minerals that many people may not get enough of from food alone.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e13 grams of high-quality protein per serving to support muscle maintenance\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e21 vitamins and minerals including vitamin C (100% DV) and vitamin D (50% DV)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e20% Daily Value of iron to support oxygen transport in the body\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNo artificial flavors, colors, or sweeteners listed on the label\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do I prepare Carnation Breakfast Essentials chocolate mix?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePreparation is quick and straightforward: scoop, stir, and enjoy. The powder is formulated to dissolve in milk so you get a creamy chocolate beverage without extra steps.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMix one scoop of powder with one cup (8 fl oz) of milk for a single serving\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStir or shake until smooth; can be served cold or warmed gently\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAdjust milk amount for thicker or thinner consistency as preferred\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eReseal the canister after use to maintain freshness\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this product suitable for common dietary needs?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe product contains dairy and soy ingredients and may contain wheat, so it’s not suitable for those with those allergies or intolerances. It is free from artificial flavors, colors, and sweeteners, and its calorie count makes it a practical option for calorie-conscious routines.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eContains milk and soy; may contain wheat—check label if you have allergies\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e130 calories per prepared serving for controlled-energy breakfasts\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNo artificial flavors, colors, or sweeteners listed\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSuitable as a milk-based supplement rather than a dairy-free product\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhen is this drink most useful during the day?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt works well whenever you need a quick, nutrient-forward option: mornings when time is tight, between meals to curb appetite, or after light exercise to help refuel. Because it mixes with milk, it can replace or supplement a simple breakfast or act as a convenient snack.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eQuick breakfast alternative when you’re pressed for time\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHandy short-term meal supplement during travel or busy schedules\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePost-activity drink for gentle muscle support with its protein content\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePortable canister makes storage and travel simple\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for: Carnation Breakfast Essentials Nutritional Powder Drink Mix in Chocolate is aimed at adults and teens seeking a convenient, milk-based breakfast option that supplies protein and a broad vitamin and mineral profile. It’s a practical choice for people balancing work, family, or active lifestyles who want an easy-to-make, calorie-conscious beverage to help plug nutritional gaps. Check ingredient warnings if you have milk, soy, or wheat sensitivities.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee packaging\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How many calories and protein are in one serving?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: One prepared serving contains 130 calories and 13 grams of protein.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Can I mix this powder with non-dairy milk?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes, you can mix with non-dairy milks for taste, but nutritional values will vary from the label.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Carnation Breakfast Essentials","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46001141678163,"sku":"B00EZWTJYC","price":120.72,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/carnation-breakfast-essentials-chocolate-front-canister.jpg?v=1787161327"},{"product_id":"crystal-light-liquid-water-enhancer-mango-passionfruit-12-pack-1-62-fl-oz-sugar-free-zero-calorie","title":"Crystal Light Liquid Water Enhancer Mango Passionfruit 12-Pack (1.62 fl oz) — Sugar-Free, Zero-Calorie","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCrystal Light Liquid Mango Passionfruit is a zero-calorie, sugar-free liquid water enhancer that adds bold mango and passionfruit flavor to water with just a few drops.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eSmall, portable and easy to use, this 12-pack of 1.62 fl oz squeeze bottles lets you flavor plain water anytime without added sugar or calories. The concentrate blends quickly into still or sparkling water, so you can customize sweetness and intensity on the fly. Each bottle slips into a bag, car cup holder, or lunchbox for convenient hydration on commutes, workouts, travel or at your desk.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow much flavor does a single bottle provide?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach 1.62 fl oz bottle contains concentrated flavor intended to season many servings of water. A little goes a long way, so one bottle yields multiple drinks depending on how strong you like the taste. This format stretches further than single-serve powder packets and avoids mixing equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e1.62 fl oz concentrate per bottle\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAdjustable strength—use only a few drops for subtle flavor\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMultiple servings per bottle for long-lasting value\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do you use the liquid drink mix?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUsing the liquid mix is straightforward: squeeze a few drops into a glass or bottle of water, stir or shake, and drink. It dissolves instantly and works with cold or room-temperature water; we recommend starting with less and adding more to suit your taste. No measuring tools or heating required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSqueeze 2–6 drops into 8–16 oz water to start\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStir or shake briefly for full mixing\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWorks with still or carbonated water, hot-water use not necessary\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat are the nutrition and ingredient highlights?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis Mango Passionfruit flavor is formulated to deliver fruit-forward taste without calories or sugar. It uses natural flavoring to create the mango and passionfruit profile while keeping the beverage diet-friendly. Check product labeling for a full ingredient list and allergen information if you have dietary sensitivities.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eZero calories and zero grams of sugar per serving\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNaturally flavored for bold mango passionfruit notes\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCompact squeeze bottle packaging for controlled dispensing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does this fit into daily routines?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe compact bottles are designed for busy lifestyles—carry one in a gym bag, purse or pocket to make plain water more appealing and help maintain fluid intake throughout the day. Because you control the intensity, it’s useful for kids, adults and anyone avoiding added sugars. The 12-bottle pack keeps refills on hand for home and travel use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePackable size fits cup holders and small pockets\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePortable flavor for travel, work, and workouts\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSingle-serve convenience without pre-mixed calories\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for: Crystal Light Liquid Mango Passionfruit is aimed at people who want a flavorful, low-calorie way to drink more water—those watching sugar or calorie intake, commuters and travelers who need portable hydration options, and anyone who prefers instant, adjustable flavor without carrying bulky bottles or using powder mixers. If you want a fruity, convenient way to enjoy water without added sugar, these squeeze bottles offer a simple, flexible solution.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWATER, MALIC ACID, CITRIC ACID, CONTAINS LESS THAN 2% OF NATURAL FLAVOR, SUCRALOSE AND ACESULFAME POTASSIUM (SWEETENERS), POTASSIUM CITRATE, GUM ARABIC, SUCROSE ACETATE ISOBUTYRATE, YELLOW 5, RED 40, POTASSIUM SORBATE (PRESERVATIVE)\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How many servings does one 1.62 fl oz bottle make?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: One 1.62 fl oz bottle yields multiple servings; a few drops per 8–16 oz glass means many drinks depending on taste.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Is this drink mix sweetened with sugar?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: No—Crystal Light Mango Passionfruit is sugar-free and contains zero calories per serving.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Crystal Light","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46001146527827,"sku":"B00FY42TR4","price":131.31,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/crystal-light-mango-passionfruit-front-packaging.jpg?v=1787161397"},{"product_id":"crystal-light-grape-drink-mix-with-caffeine-120-packets-zero-sugar-60-mg-caffeine-on-the-go-0-11-oz-singles","title":"Crystal Light Grape Drink Mix with Caffeine, 120 Packets — Zero Sugar, 60 mg Caffeine, On-the-Go 0.11 oz Singles","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCrystal Light Grape On-the-Go is a zero-sugar, single-serve powdered drink mix delivering refreshing grape flavor and 60 mg of caffeine per packet for easy, portable hydration.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eStash a packet in your bag, pocket or desk drawer and mix with water whenever you need a flavorful lift. Each 0.11 oz single-serve packet is pre-measured for a 16 fl oz serving that contains just 10 calories and no sugar, offering a lighter alternative to juice or soda. This pack supplies 120 individually wrapped packets (12 boxes × 10 packets) so you have plenty for workdays, workouts, travel, and busy mornings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow quickly can I make a glass of Crystal Light Grape?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePreparation is designed to be fast and mess-free: tear, pour, stir or shake, and enjoy. The powder dissolves readily in room-temperature water and is portioned so you don’t need measuring tools.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOne 0.11 oz packet per 16 fl oz of water\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMixes by stirring in a glass or shaking in a bottle\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIndividually sealed packets fit pockets and purses\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNo refrigeration or special equipment required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat are the nutritional highlights I should know?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach prepared serving has zero grams of sugar and 10 calories, making it a low-calorie option compared with many bottled drinks. The packets are also low in sodium and include 60 mg of caffeine to help provide a gentle energy boost when you want it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e10 calories per 16 fl oz serving\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eZero sugar and low sodium\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e60 mg caffeine per packet for a mild stimulant effect\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNatural grape flavor with other natural flavors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhere and when is this drink mix most useful?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese packets are built for mobility: use them at the office, gym, on hikes, during travel, or anywhere you prefer flavored water. The slim, individually wrapped format makes it easy to carry multiple flavors for variety without bulk.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFits in hand bags, backpacks, gym bags, and glove compartments\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIdeal for on-the-go mixing in reusable bottles\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGreat for meal times when you want flavor without calories\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHandy for events, lunches, and outdoor activities\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does Crystal Light compare to sugary drinks?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCrystal Light delivers intense grape flavor without the added sugar that contributes to higher calorie counts in sodas and juices. By replacing one sugary drink with a Crystal Light packet, you can significantly cut calories while keeping the flavor experience.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAbout 90% fewer calories than many leading beverages (per 16 fl oz)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eZero grams of sugar per serving\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFlavorful option that supports reduced-calorie routines\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMultiple packets in a box help maintain variety and supply\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for: Crystal Light Grape On-the-Go with Caffeine suits anyone seeking a flavorful, low-calorie alternative to soda and juice—commuters, students, busy parents, office workers, and active people who want a portable pick-me-up. If you prefer measured portions, like to avoid sugar, or simply want a convenient way to make flavored water anywhere, these individually wrapped packets are made to fit into an active lifestyle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eCITRIC ACID, MALTODEXTRIN, ASPARTAME*, CAFFEINE, CONTAINS LESS THAN 2% OF MAGNESIUM OXIDE, ARTIFICIAL COLOR, NATURAL FLAVOR, RED 40, BLUE 1. \u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"line-height: 115%; font-size: 15px;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"font-family: Calibri;\"\u003e* PHENYLKETONURICS: CONTAINS PHENYLALANINE \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"font-family: Times New Roman\" size=\"3;\"\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How much water should I mix with one packet?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Use one 0.11 oz packet per 16 fl oz (about 2 cups) of water; stir or shake until dissolved.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How much caffeine is in each packet?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Each packet contains 60 mg of caffeine, providing a mild boost without sugar.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Crystal Light","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46001146855507,"sku":"B00FY42LUY","price":107.69,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/crystal-light-grape-front-packaging.jpg?v=1787161418"},{"product_id":"crystal-light-on-the-go-citrus-energy-drink-mix-packets-8-pack-10ct-zero-sugar-caffeinated","title":"Crystal Light On-The-Go Citrus Energy Drink Mix Packets — 8-Pack (10ct) Zero Sugar, Caffeinated","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCrystal Light On-The-Go Citrus Energy Drink Mix packets are single-serve, zero-sugar stick blends that add bright citrus flavor and a caffeine lift to water whenever you need it.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThese portable powdered water enhancers are designed for people who want flavorful hydration plus a mild energy boost without added sugar or bulky bottles. Each slim 0.09-ounce packet dissolves quickly in cold water, so you can prepare a crisp citrus beverage at home, at the office, in the gym, or while traveling. This listing covers 8 boxes of 10 individually sealed packets each — a convenient stash of citrus-flavored mixes for everyday use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow strong is the caffeine and how will it fit into my day?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe packets contain a moderate amount of caffeine intended to provide a pick-me-up without the heaviness of a full coffee. Because they’re single-serve, you control timing and dose by choosing how many packets to use and when to drink them. They’re a practical choice for mid-morning or mid-afternoon use when you want alertness plus hydration.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSingle-serve dosing for predictable caffeine intake\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePairs with water for simultaneous hydration and energy\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSuitable for timed use around workouts, commutes, or busy work blocks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do I prepare a packet and what does it taste like?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePreparation is simple: empty one packet into an 8–16 oz glass or bottle of cold water, stir or shake until fully dissolved, and enjoy. The flavor profile is a bright citrus blend—clean, tangy, and refreshing—balanced to be light rather than syrupy. Because there’s no sugar, the taste relies on natural flavoring and sweeteners to deliver a crisp, low-calorie beverage experience.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDissolves quickly in cold bottled water or a reusable tumbler\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBright citrus notes with a light, tangy finish\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eZero added sugar and low calories per serving\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat makes these packets convenient for travel, work, or the gym?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe slim stick design slips into pockets, purses, lunchboxes, and backpacks without taking up space, so you can carry flavor plus caffeine wherever you go. Individual sealed packets stay fresh until opened, reducing waste and making portion control easy. The low-weight packaging also helps when you need a compact option for short trips or daily commuting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIndividually sealed stick packets for freshness and portability\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFits into small bags and compartments—ideal for commuters and travelers\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMixes in any bottle, making it gym- and desk-friendly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for? Crystal Light On-The-Go Citrus Energy packets are for active people who want a flavorful, low-calorie way to hydrate with an added caffeine lift. They suit anyone looking to reduce sugar without sacrificing taste—students, busy professionals, gym-goers, and travelers who need a compact energy option that blends easily into a daily routine.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCitric Acid, Maltodextrin, +Aspartame, ++Sugar, Caffeine, Contains Less Than 2% Of Natural Flavor, +++Soy Lecithin, Magnesium Oxide, Artificial Color, Yellow 5. +Phenylketonurics: Contains Phenylalanine ++Adds Trivial Amount Of Sugar +++Contains Soy.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How many servings are included in the pack?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: This pack contains 8 boxes of 10 single-serve packets, totaling 80 servings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Do these packets contain sugar or many calories?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: No — the packets are zero sugar and formulated to be low in calories per serving.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Crystal Light","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46001173430355,"sku":"B00PJCF1TY","price":112.62,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/crystal-light-front-packaging-citrus.jpg?v=1787161794"},{"product_id":"true-lemon-lemonade-drink-mix-single-serve-sticks-pack-of-12-non-gmo-10-stick-boxes","title":"True Lemon Lemonade Drink Mix Single-Serve Sticks Pack of 12 — Non-GMO, 10-stick Boxes","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTrue Lemon Original Flavor Lemonade Drink Mix is a single-serve, non-GMO powdered lemonade sweetened and flavored to give you bright lemon taste in seconds.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThese individually wrapped sticks deliver a tart-sweet lemonade experience without hauling glass bottles or bulky cartons—each box contains 10 sticks (1.06 oz total per box) and this listing is a pack of 12 boxes. Formulated for convenience, the mix dissolves quickly in cold or room-temperature water so you can make a glass of lemonade anywhere: at home, at work, or on the go. The non-GMO label and compact portioning make it easy to control flavor intensity and calorie intake per serving.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do I prepare a glass of True Lemon Original Lemonade quickly?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMaking lemonade with a True Lemon stick is designed to be fast and spill-free. Tear open one stick, pour its contents into 8–12 oz of water, stir until fully dissolved, and enjoy. It works with bottled water, tap water, or carbonated water if you prefer fizzy lemonade.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse 8 oz water for a stronger flavor; 12 oz for a milder drink.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDissolves in cold water—no heating required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStir or shake in a bottle for even mixing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat makes this lemonade mix different from other powdered drinks?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTrue Lemon focuses on natural citrus flavor derived from real lemon, aiming for a crisp, authentic profile rather than heavy artificial sweetness. The mix is non-GMO and packaged as single-serve sticks so portions are consistent and portable. It’s ideal for people who want the taste of fresh lemon without squeezing fruit or storing perishable juices.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNon-GMO ingredients for a simple ingredient profile.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIndividual sticks prevent waste and aid portion control.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNeutral base that pairs well with sparkling water or iced tea.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow can I use these sticks beyond plain lemonade?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTrue Lemon lemonade sticks are versatile: use them to brighten iced tea, mocktails, or salad dressings, or add a tangy kick to sparkling water and cocktails. Each stick blends easily into cold or warm liquids, so you can experiment with recipes without measuring fresh citrus. They’re also useful for camping, office kitchens, or school lunches when fresh lemons aren’t available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStir into iced tea for instant Arnold Palmer-style drinks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAdd to sparkling water for homemade soda alternatives.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMix into marinades, vinaigrettes, or fruit salads for citrus notes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow should I store and carry these True Lemon sticks?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach stick is individually sealed to keep the powder fresh and protected from moisture, so storage is simple: keep boxes in a cool, dry place away from direct sunlight. The thin sticks slip into purses, lunchboxes, glove compartments, or travel kits, making them convenient for travel or outdoor activities. For longer-term storage, reseal the box and avoid humid areas to preserve texture and flavor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStore at room temperature in a dry area.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIndividually wrapped sticks resist spills and contamination.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLightweight and compact for travel or everyday carry.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for: True Lemon Original Lemonade Drink Mix is made for busy people who want the bright taste of real lemon without the hassle of fresh fruit—commuters, travelers, office workers, parents packing lunches, and anyone who enjoys a convenient, shelf-stable lemonade option. It also appeals to those who prefer portion-controlled servings and non-GMO ingredients. If you need a portable, mix-and-go lemonade that fits life on the move, this 12-pack of boxes keeps you stocked for daily refreshment and recipe experimentation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTrue Citrus Original Flavor Lemonade Drink Mix, Non GMO, 10 Counts, 1.06 Ounces (Pack Of 12)\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How many servings are in one box?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Each box contains 10 individually wrapped sticks; use one stick per 8–12 oz drink.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Are these sticks suitable for sparkling water?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes — the mix dissolves in carbonated water and creates a citrus-flavored sparkling lemonade.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"True Lemon","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46001177985107,"sku":"B00T8ELFDA","price":119.22,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/true-lemon-front-packaging.jpg?v=1787161858"},{"product_id":"big-train-vivaz-horchata-beverage-mix-3-5-lb-cinnamon-spiced-ready-to-mix-cafe-style-horchata","title":"Big Train Vivaz Horchata Beverage Mix 3.5 lb — Cinnamon-Spiced, Ready-to-Mix Café-Style Horchata","description":"\u003cstrong\u003eBig Train Vivaz Horchata Blended Crème Mix is a ready-to-make, rice-flour horchata base that delivers cinnamon-spiced, creamy horchata flavor hot, iced, or blended.\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis 3.5-pound pouch of Big Train Vivaz Horchata is a versatile beverage mix built from nonfat milk powder, real sugar, rice flour for authentic texture, and natural cinnamon notes. It’s caffeine-free and formulated to prepare quickly—just add water or milk and serve. The mix works equally well in cafes, kitchens, or at events where a smooth, lightly spiced horchata beverage is desired.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do I prepare Vivaz Horchata for different serving styles?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eVivaz Horchata was designed for flexible preparation: dissolve in water or milk for a hot or chilled drink, or blend with ice for a frozen frappe. Proportion and technique change the texture and richness, so you can tailor the drink to match your menu or preference.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHot: mix with warm water or steamed milk until fully dissolved; garnish with cinnamon.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIced: stir concentrate into cold water or milk over ice for a smooth, chilled sip.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBlended: combine mix with cold water\/milk and plenty of ice in a blender for a creamy frappe.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eRatio tip: start with the manufacturer’s recommended mix ratio and adjust for sweetness or creaminess.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat ingredients contribute to the authentic horchata taste and texture?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBig Train Vivaz recreates traditional horchata by including rice flour to mimic the grainy, silky mouthfeel alongside nonfat milk and real sugar for creaminess and sweetness. Natural cinnamon and flavorings give the beverage its warming spice character without caffeine.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eRice flour: provides the characteristic horchata body and slight grainy silkiness.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNonfat milk powder and real sugar: create a balanced, creamy base.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCinnamon and natural flavors: add the classic spiced aroma and taste.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCaffeine-free formula: suitable for all-day menus and family-friendly offerings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan this mix be used in commercial settings and how does it simplify service?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes—Big Train blends are intended for high-volume use and speed of service. The Vivaz Horchata mix reduces prep time, keeps ingredient consistency across shifts, and cuts down on storage complexity compared with fresh-made horchata recipes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eQuick prep: mix with water or milk—no long soaking or straining required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eConsistent flavor: factory-blended proportions deliver repeatable taste.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMulti-use: serve hot, iced, or blended without changing base ingredients.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSuitable for cafes, offices, restaurants, and catering setups.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this product for? Big Train Vivaz Horchata Blended Crème Mix suits independent cafes, busy foodservice operations, and home baristas who want an authentic-tasting horchata without lengthy preparation. It’s ideal for operators who need a shelf-stable, scalable beverage base that is family-friendly, caffeine-free, and easy to customize—add espresso for a coffee fusion, swap milk for plant-based alternatives for dietary preferences, or top with whipped cream for an indulgent treat. Whether you’re stocking a coffee bar, expanding a dessert drink menu, or simply craving a quick, spiced horchata at home, this 3.5 lb pack provides a dependable, flavorful solution.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSugar, Coconut Oil, Nonfat Dry Milk, Corn Syrup Solids, Rice Flour, Sodium Caseinate (a milk derivative), Natural and Artificial Flavors, Cinnamon, Salt, Dipotassium Phosphate, Silicon Dioxide (anti-caking agent), Propylene Glycol Esters of Fatty Acids, Mono- and Diglycerides, Soy Lecithin, Carrageenan, Annatto Extract (for color).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Is Vivaz Horchata mix caffeinated?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: No, Big Train Vivaz Horchata Blended Crème Mix is caffeine-free and suitable for all ages.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Can I use plant-based milk with this mix?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes, substitute water or dairy with almond, oat, or soy milk—adjust mix ratio to maintain sweetness and texture.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Big Train","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46001184964691,"sku":"B00Z1DLVC2","price":126.68,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/big-train-vivaz-horchata-front-packaging.jpg?v=1787161983"},{"product_id":"big-train-white-chocolate-beverage-mix-3-5-lb-frozen-hot-ready-to-blend-cafe-style","title":"Big Train White Chocolate Beverage Mix 3.5 lb — Frozen \u0026 Hot, Ready-to-Blend Café-Style","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBig Train 20 Below Frozen White Chocolate Beverage Mix is a ready-to-blend powder that creates rich, creamy white chocolate frappes and hot beverages with only water and ice.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis versatile 3.5-pound pouch delivers café-style white chocolate flavor without the fuss: mix with water for a hot or iced drink, or blend with ice for a frozen frappe. Formulated for speed and consistency, the mix works in home kitchens, cafés, offices, and restaurants—offering a dependable base for specialty drinks and seasonal menus.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow easy is it to make a white chocolate frappe with this mix?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eVery easy—this powdered blend is designed for quick preparation with minimal equipment. Combine the mix with water and ice, blend until smooth, and you have a café-grade frozen beverage in under a minute.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eJust add water and ice; use a blender for best texture.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eYields consistent sweetness and creamy mouthfeel each batch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWorks hot or cold—stir with hot water or blend with ice for a frappe.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat makes this Big Train mix suitable for commercial use?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 3.5-pound size and powdered format keep inventory compact while supporting high-volume preparation. It’s shelf-stable and simple to portion, reducing prep time during busy service hours and keeping product consistency across multiple staff members.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLarge pouch reduces packaging waste versus single-serve options.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEasy to scale—measure scoops for consistent servings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eReliable flavor profile ideal for menus, catering, and grab-and-go counters.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I customize the flavor or presentation of drinks made with this mix?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes—this white chocolate base is adaptable for recipe creativity. Use it as-is for a classic white chocolate frappe or combine with syrups, espresso, fruit purees, or garnishes to create signature beverages.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAdd espresso shots for a mocha-style beverage with white chocolate notes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTop with whipped cream, chocolate shavings, or flavored drizzle for visual appeal.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMix with alternative milks or fruit concentrates to expand menu options.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow should I store and portion the 3.5-pound pouch for best results?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKeep the sealed pouch in a cool, dry place away from direct sunlight to maintain quality. Use clean, dry scoops to portion the powder and reseal the bag tightly after each use to prevent clumping and moisture exposure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStore unopened in pantry; reseal or transfer to airtight container once opened.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLabel containers with open date and suggested portion sizes for staff.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFollow first-in, first-out rotation for freshness when used commercially.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for: Big Train 20 Below Frozen White Chocolate Beverage Mix is ideal for café owners, caterers, office pantries, and home baristas who want a fast, dependable way to serve creamy white chocolate drinks. If you need a versatile, large-format mix that simplifies prep, supports recipe variation, and produces consistent results for both hot and frozen beverages, this 3.5-pound pouch is a practical choice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSugar, Coconut Oil, Nonfat Milk, Fructose, Corn Syrup Solids, Cocoa Butter, Sodium Caseinate ( a milk derivative), Natural and Artificial Flavors, Cream (Cream, Nonfat Milk, Soy Lecithin), Salt, Silicon Dioxide (anti-caking agent), Guar Gum, Xanthan Gum, Propylene Glycol Esters of Fatty Acids, Mono- and Diglycerides, Dipotassium Phosphate, Soy Lecithin, Carrageenan Gum, Annatto Extract (for color).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Can I make this mix without a blender?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes — stir with hot water for a hot white chocolate drink or shake with ice in a sealed container for a rough iced version, though a blender yields the smoothest frozen frappes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How many servings are in the 3.5-pound pouch?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Serving count varies by recipe, but a standard café portion using recommended scoop sizes typically yields dozens of servings per 3.5-pound pouch.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Big Train","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46001184997459,"sku":"B00Z1DE0OI","price":150.08,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/big-train-front-packaging-white-chocolate.jpg?v=1787161987"},{"product_id":"big-train-cookies-n-cream-frappe-mix-3-5-lb-pouch-ready-to-make-creme-with-crunchy-cookie-pieces","title":"Big Train Cookies N Cream Frappe Mix 3.5 lb pouch — ready-to-make creme with crunchy cookie pieces","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBig Train Cookies N Cream Blended Crème Beverage Mix is a ready-to-make frappe powder that delivers cookies-and-cream flavor with crunchy cookie bits for hot, iced, or blended drinks.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWhether you run a café, manage an office kitchen, or want an easy dessert-style drink at home, this 3.5 pound pouch from Big Train makes creamy cookies-and-cream frappes in minutes. The mix combines smooth dairy-style crème flavor with real chocolate cookie pieces to create texture and recognizable cookie flavor. It dissolves quickly in water or milk and adapts to machines, blenders, and handheld mixers—so you can serve hot cups, iced beverages, or frozen frappes without complicated prep.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does this mix perform during busy service times?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIt’s formulated for speed and consistency so baristas and staff can produce uniform beverages fast. The powder requires minimal equipment—just a blender or commercial frappe machine—and maintains similar flavor from batch to batch when measured correctly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eQuick reconstitution: mixes with water or milk in seconds\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eConsistent texture: stabilized formulation reduces separation\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEasy portioning: scoop-and-mix workflow for high-volume service\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMachine- and blender-friendly: performs in both commercial and household appliances\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat drink styles can I create with this Cookies N Cream mix?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eYou can make a variety of beverages—hot lattes with whipped cream, iced coffee with cookie crunch, or fully blended frozen frappes. The mix’s cookie pieces add a crunchy contrast to creamy bases, so it works well as a dessert-style offering or a flavored coffee alternative.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHot: prepare with hot water or steamed milk and top with cream\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIced: dissolve in cold water or milk and serve over ice\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBlended frappe: mix with ice for a frozen, scoopable texture\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCustomizable: add espresso, syrups, or dairy alternatives for variety\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow should I store and measure the mix for best results?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eKeep the pouch sealed in a cool, dry place away from direct sunlight to preserve flavor and crunch. Use a consistent scoop size and the manufacturer’s recommended ratios for reproducible taste and texture; adjusting liquid volumes changes sweetness and thickness.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStorage: reseal pouch or transfer to airtight container\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePortioning: follow package scoop-to-liquid ratios for consistency\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eShelf life: store per label instructions; avoid moisture exposure\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAllergens: check label for dairy and gluten-containing cookie pieces\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan this mix fit into a menu for families and specialty shops?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eYes—its approachable cookies-and-cream profile appeals to kids and adults alike, making it a versatile addition to dessert menus, drive-thru offerings, and specialty coffee shops. It’s also handy for pop-ups, catered events, and office pantries where an instant treat is appreciated.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFamily-friendly flavor: familiar cookies-and-cream taste attracts broad audiences\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMenu versatility: works as beverage, dessert topper, or blended treat\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eScale-friendly: single-serve to bulk production from one pouch\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBrand reliability: from Big Train, with a long history in beverage mixes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for? Big Train Cookies N Cream Blended Crème Beverage Mix is ideal for café owners, foodservice operators, and home entertainers who want a dependable, indulgent cookies-and-cream drink without complex ingredients or long prep time. If you need a shelf-stable, easy-to-portion mix that produces crowd-pleasing frappes, iced drinks, and warm dessert beverages, this 3.5 lb pouch offers a practical balance of texture, flavor, and speed. Make sure to review ingredient and allergen information before serving to guests with dietary restrictions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSugar, Coconut Oil, Corn Syrup Solids, Nonfat Milk, Cocoa Powder (processed with alkali), Oreo TM Cake Base {Enriched Flour [Wheat Flour, Niacin, Reduced Iron, Thiamin Mononitrate (Vitamin B1), Riboflavin (Vitamin B2), Folic Acid], Sugar, High Oleic Canola Oil and\/or Soybean Oil, Cocoa (processed with alkali), High Fructose Corn Syrup, Leavening (Baking Soda and\/or Calcium Phosphate), Salt, Soy Lecithin (emulsifier), Chocolate, Vanillin}, Natural and Artificial Flavors, Sodium Caseinate (a milk derivative), Caramel Color, Silicon Dioxide (anti-caking agent), Salt, Dipotassium Phosphate, Propylene Glycol Esters of Fatty Acids, Mono- and Diglycerides, Carrageenan, Soy Lecithin, Guar Gum, Xanthan Gum, Annatto Extract (for color), Red 40.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Can I use this mix with non-dairy milk?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes. It mixes well with almond, oat, or soy milk, though sweetness and texture may vary slightly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Is this mix ready for commercial use in a café machine?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes. It’s formulated for blenders and frappe machines; follow recommended ratios for consistent results.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Big Train","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46001185128531,"sku":"B00Z1DIC2O","price":120.58,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/big-train-cookies-n-cream-front-pouch.jpg?v=1787161985"},{"product_id":"big-train-kidz-kreamz-cotton-candy-blended-beverage-mix-3-5-lb-tub-low-fat-quick-dissolve","title":"Big Train Kidz Kreamz Cotton Candy Blended Beverage Mix, 3.5 lb Tub — Low-Fat, Quick-Dissolve","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBig Train Kidz Kreamz Cotton Candy is a creamy, low-fat blended beverage mix that recreates classic cotton candy flavor as a hot, iced, or frozen frappe.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eBring the fun of fairground cotton candy to your countertop with this 3.5-pound tub of Big Train Kidz Kreamz Cotton Candy blended mix. The formula uses nonfat milk and real sugar for a smooth, sweet base that mixes quickly with water and ice. It contains no hydrogenated oils, no high-fructose corn syrup, and no trans fats, making it a straightforward option for cafés, concession stands, family kitchens, and kid-focused menu items. Mixers and baristas will appreciate the dependable texture and bright flavor profile that keeps guests coming back for more.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do I prepare a cotton candy frappe with this mix?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePreparing a frappe is fast and flexible whether you want a hot drink, an iced beverage, or a frozen blended treat. Combine the measured powder with water, then blend with ice for a thick frappe or stir with hot water for a warm creamy drink. The mix dissolves evenly, producing consistent sweetness and body from batch to batch.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMix ratio: follow package directions for water-to-powder for best texture.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFor frozen frappes: blend with 6–12 oz of ice per serving depending on desired thickness.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHot or iced: stir powder into hot water or cold water and pour over ice.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAdjust sweetness by adding less or more powder per taste.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat makes this mix suitable for kids and family menus?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBig Train Kidz Kreamz focuses on kid-friendly flavors and easy preparation, so you can add playful menu options without complex equipment or long prep time. The cotton candy flavor is familiar to children and popular at family events, while the low-fat base keeps the mouthfeel creamy without heavy oil-based ingredients.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNo hydrogenated oils or trans fats — simpler ingredient profile.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eReal sugar provides sweet, familiar taste children expect.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eVersatile hot, cold, or frozen serving options for seasonal menus.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLarge 3.5 lb tub reduces refills for busy service environments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan this mix work in a café, concession stand, or at home?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis product is built for multiple settings: it performs reliably in commercial machines and also mixes easily with a household blender. The powder’s consistency delivers repeatable results whether you’re serving single drinks in a kitchen or preparing dozens at a busy counter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCommercial-friendly volume: 3.5 lb tub keeps supply on hand.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eQuick dissolve formula minimizes clumping in shakers or blenders.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePair with syrups, sprinkles, or whipped cream for signature drinks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSuitable for staff training and simplified menu prep.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow should I store and portion the mix for best results?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore the sealed tub in a cool, dry area away from strong odors and moisture. Once opened, keep the lid tightly sealed and use within the manufacturer’s recommended timeframe to maintain flavor and texture. For service, pre-measured scoops save time and ensure consistent taste and mouthfeel for each drink.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eKeep container closed and store in a cool, dry place.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse measuring scoops for accurate portion control.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLabel date opened to monitor freshness during service.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAvoid exposure to humidity to prevent clumping.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for? Big Train Kidz Kreamz Cotton Candy Blended Beverage Mix is ideal for café owners, concession operators, family restaurants, event caterers, and parents who want to recreate nostalgic fair-style drinks at home. It suits anyone seeking a fast, kid-friendly beverage option with consistent texture and a recognizable cotton candy taste, from single-serve home frappes to high-volume shop menus.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSugar, Fructose, Corn Syrup Solids, Palm Oil, Nonfat Milk, Maltodextrin, Natural and Artificial Flavors, Dipotassium Phosphate, Mono- and Diglycerides, Sodium Caseinate, Xanthan Gum, Guar Gum, Sodium Silicoaluminate (anticaking agent), Silicon Dioxide (anticaking agent), Soy Lecithin, Annatto Extract (for color), BHT (to protect flavor), Blue #1.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Can I make this mix without a blender?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes — stir with hot or cold water for a creamy drink or shake with ice in a sealed container for a coarser chilled beverage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Does the mix contain trans fats or high-fructose corn syrup?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: No — the formula contains no trans fats, hydrogenated oils, or high-fructose corn syrup.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Big Train","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46001185161299,"sku":"B00Z1DKOUC","price":126.57,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/big-train-cotton-candy-front-packaging.jpg?v=1787161987"},{"product_id":"4c-energy-rush-powder-stix-orange-flavor-350-single-serve-pack-sugar-free-vitamin-c","title":"4C Energy Rush Powder Stix — Orange Flavor, 350 Single-Serve Pack, Sugar-Free + Vitamin C","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e4C Powder Energy Rush Stix in Orange delivers single-serve, sugar-free water flavoring with a boost of Vitamin C and an energizing taste designed for on-the-go refreshment.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWhether you’re stocking up for office hydration, refilling family lunches, or packing travel essentials, these 4C Energy Rush singles make it simple to turn plain water into a flavorful, low-calorie beverage. Packaged as 350 convenient stick packets, each stix is formulated to flavor up to 20 oz of bottled water with a bright orange taste and includes a full daily dose of vitamin C per serving. The powder format is lightweight, shelf-stable, and spill-free until opened—ideal for busy lifestyles and value-minded shoppers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do I use the Energy Rush Stix when I’m on the go?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eUsing a 4C Energy Rush Stix is quick and mess-free: tear, pour, and shake or stir. Each single-serve packet is pre-measured so you get consistent flavor every time without measuring spoons or sticky residues.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTear along the notch and pour powder into a 16–20 oz bottle of water.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSecure the cap and shake for 5–10 seconds or stir until dissolved.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse one stix per bottle for consistent flavor; adjust to taste for stronger or lighter sweetness.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat makes this value pack a smart choice for families and events?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis 350-count pack balances affordability with portability, making it easy to supply larger households, classrooms, or group outings without frequent repurchases. Individual packets prevent cross-contamination and let each person choose their own drink strength and timing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBulk quantity reduces per-stix cost versus single retail packets.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIndividually wrapped stix maintain freshness and hygiene for group use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCompact box fits pantry shelves, gym bags, or party supply bins.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAre these stix sugar-free and what nutritional perks do they offer?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e4C Energy Rush Stix are sweetened without sugar and include Vitamin C equivalent to a recommended daily amount in each serving. This provides flavor and a source of vitamin supplementation without adding sugar calories, though they are not intended as a meal replacement or medical treatment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSugar-free sweeteners for low-calorie flavoring options.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEach serving supplies a daily dose of Vitamin C as labeled.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDesigned for up to 20 oz of water per stix for consistent dilution.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do I store these stix and how long will they stay fresh?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eKeep the packets in their original box or a dry, airtight container in a cool, dry place away from direct sunlight to preserve flavor and potency. Unopened individual stix remain shelf-stable for months; once opened pour immediately and reseal the container the packets came in.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStore at room temperature, avoiding heat and humidity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDo not expose to moisture until ready to use to prevent clumping.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse within the expiration window printed on the box for best taste.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this product best for? 4C Powder Energy Rush Stix — Orange, 350-count is aimed at active people who want flavorful hydration without sugar, families needing an affordable bulk option, event organizers stocking beverage stations, and travelers who prefer lightweight, single-serve drink enhancers. If you want a portable way to add consistent orange flavor and vitamin C to bottled water, this value pack offers convenience, variety, and shelf-stable portability.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCITRIC ACID, TAURINE, GLUCURONOLACTONE, SODIUM BICARBONATE, SODIUM CITRATE, NATURAL ORANGE FLAVOR WITH OTHER NATURAL FLAVORS, CAFFEINE ACESULFAME POTASSIUM, SUCRALOSE, NIACINAMIDE (B3). SILICON DIOXIDE, D-CALCIUM PANTOTHENATE (85), YELLOW 5, PYRIDOXINE HCL (B6), RED 40, FOLIC ACID (B9), CYANOCOBALAMIN (812).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How many ounces of water does one stix flavor?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: One 4C Energy Rush Stix flavors up to 20 ounces of water; adjust to taste for stronger or milder flavor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Are these stix sugar-free?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes, the Energy Rush Stix are sweetened without sugar and include a serving-sized amount of vitamin C.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"4C","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46001254531155,"sku":"B075SL59PB","price":243.62,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/4c-orange-stix-front-packaging.jpg?v=1787162989"},{"product_id":"4c-powder-energy-rush-stix-citrus-350-count-single-serve-energy-mix-sugar-free-vitamin-c-drink-pack","title":"4C Powder Energy Rush Stix Citrus — 350-Count Single-Serve Energy Mix, Sugar-Free Vitamin C Drink Pack","description":"\u003cstrong\u003e4C Powder Energy Rush Stix Citrus are single-serve, sugar-free powder packets that flavor up to 20 oz of water and deliver a convenient energy-boosting beverage on the go.\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThese 350-count, single-serve stix from 4C provide a citrus-flavored, low-calorie way to refresh bottled water while supplying a daily dose of vitamin C. Packaged for portability and everyday use, each packet dissolves quickly to make a lightly flavored, energizing drink that fits backpacks, gym bags, office drawers, or travel kits. The bulk value pack is designed for families, workplaces, or anyone who prefers single-use convenience without the clutter of large bottles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow quickly does each Energy Rush Stix dissolve and flavor a bottle?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach powdered packet is formulated to mix easily into cold water with minimal stirring. Within seconds, the citrus flavor distributes evenly, leaving no large clumps or gritty residue when stirred or shaken.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSingle-serve powder premixed for fast dissolution\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDesigned for up to 20 oz of bottled water\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNo refrigeration or special equipment needed\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eClump-resistant formula suitable for quick shakes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat nutritional and ingredient highlights should I expect?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese stix are sugar-free and provide 100% of the daily recommended vitamin C per serving, offering a flavorful alternative to sugary drinks. They’re created to add taste without calories from sugar, making them compatible with many low-sugar dietary preferences.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eContains vitamin C to support daily intake\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSugar-free sweetening for a low-calorie option\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFlavor-forward citrus profile for refreshing taste\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSingle-serve dosing helps with portion control\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does the 350-count bulk pack benefit different users?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe bulk quantity keeps households, offices, and travel kits stocked so you won’t run out mid-week. The individually wrapped stix simplify sharing and storage while reducing the need for multiple bottles or frequent repurchases.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLarge pack reduces shopping frequency and per-stix cost\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIndividual packets are portable and hygienic\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIdeal for events, workplaces, and family use\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEasy to distribute in lunches, gym bags, or travel pouches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I use these stix for other recipes or beverages?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes — besides flavoring plain water, these citrus stix can enhance sparkling water, mocktails, or DIY iced tea. They dissolve well in chilled liquids and can be adjusted by using more or less powder to reach preferred intensity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMix into sparkling water for a fizzy citrus drink\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAdd to iced tea or lemonade for extra flavor depth\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse as a quick mixer in non-alcoholic party drinks\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eControl concentration by varying number of stix per bottle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for: 4C Powder Energy Rush Stix Citrus in a 350-count value pack is designed for busy people who want a portable, low-sugar way to flavor bottled water and maintain vitamin C intake. It’s well suited to families, gym-goers, commuters, office staff, event planners, and travelers who prefer individually wrapped convenience and consistent flavor without single-use plastic bottles or sugary mixers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCITRIC ACID, TAURINE GLUCURONOLACTONE, SODUM BICARSON ATE, SODIUM CITRATE, CAFFENE NATURA OTRUS FLAVORS, ACESULFAME POTASSIUM SUCRALOSE CAME CON OCDE D-CALCUN PANTOTHENATE S PYRIDOXINE HOLB YELLOW FOLIC ACID CONVOCOBALAMIN B12).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How many ounces of water does one stix flavor?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Each packet is formulated to flavor up to 20 ounces of water for optimal taste.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Are these stix sugar-free?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes, the Energy Rush Stix are sweetened without sugar and provide 100% daily vitamin C.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"4C","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46001254498387,"sku":"B075SJVB5P","price":243.62,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/4c-energy-rush-stix-front-packaging-citrus.jpg?v=1787162988"},{"product_id":"4c-powder-drink-stix-green-tea-500-count-bulk-singles-sugar-free-100-vitamin-c","title":"4C Powder Drink Stix Green Tea — 500 Count Bulk Singles, Sugar-Free, 100% Vitamin C","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e4C Powder Drink Stix Green Tea are single-serve, sugar-free powder packets that flavor up to 20 oz of water and deliver 100% daily vitamin C in a convenient bulk pack of 500 stix.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eDesigned for busy days, travel, offices, classrooms, and families, these 4C Green Tea stix make plain water more enjoyable without added sugar. Each tear-and-pour packet dissolves quickly in bottled or filtered water, offering a refreshing green tea flavor with the convenience of single-use packaging. This bulk value pack keeps you stocked for months and reduces the need to carry large bottles or mixers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow easy is it to use a 4C Green Tea stix when I'm on the go?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUsing a stix takes seconds: tear the packet, pour into your bottle, shake or stir, and drink. The portable sachets fit in pockets, purses, gym bags, and backpacks, making hydration straightforward wherever you are.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSingle-serve packets for one 16–20 oz bottle\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNo measuring—pre-dosed convenience\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLightweight and travel-friendly packaging\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWorks with most reusable and disposable bottles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat nutritional or ingredient benefits does this product provide?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach serving supplies 100% of the recommended daily vitamin C and is sweetened without sugar. The formula focuses on flavor enhancement, offering a satisfying green tea taste while keeping calories and sugar minimal.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e100% daily vitamin C per packet\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSugar-free sweetener to reduce calories\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFlavors up to 20 oz of water for consistent taste\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCompact dosage helps control intake and flavor strength\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does buying the 500-count bulk pack save me time and money?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePurchasing 500 individual stix eliminates frequent repurchasing, lowers per-serving cost, and keeps a steady supply at home, work, or in a vehicle. Bulk packaging is ideal for households, offices, events, or anyone who prefers long-term convenience.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLarge quantity reduces unit cost versus single purchases\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePerfect for families, offices, team events, and travel kits\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLess frequent restocking and fewer trips to the store\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eConsistent flavor availability for everyday hydration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWill these stix dissolve well and taste natural in water?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe powder is formulated to mix quickly in still or refrigerated water, producing a clear, consistent green tea flavor without gritty residue. For best results, pour into a 16–20 oz bottle and give it a vigorous shake or stir until fully dissolved.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFast-dissolving powder for smooth texture\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eClear beverage appearance when mixed properly\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBalanced flavor intensity for bottled-water use\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIdeal with cold or chilled water for best refreshment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for: 4C Powder Drink Stix Green Tea 500-count is made for active people seeking a low-effort way to flavor water, families that prefer variety and value, offices and schools that need bulk hydration options, and travelers who want vitamins and flavor without added sugar. If you want a ready supply of single-serve, vitamin-C enriched water enhancers that fit into any bag or cup holder, this bulk pack delivers practical, everyday convenience.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMALTODEXTRIN, CITRIC ACID, INSTANT GREEN TEA ASCORBIC ACID (VITAMIN C GUM ARABIC, HONEY. ACESULFAME POTASSIUM, SUCRALOSE. CARAMEL COLOR, NATURAL LEMON FLAVOR WITH OTHER NATURAL FLAVORS.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How many ounces of water does one stix flavor?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: One stix flavors up to 16–20 ounces of water for consistent taste.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Are the 4C Green Tea stix sugar-free?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes, the stix are sweetened without sugar and provide 100% daily vitamin C.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"4C","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46001254629459,"sku":"B075SB1P39","price":243.62,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/4c-green-tea-packaging-front.jpg?v=1787162987"},{"product_id":"4c-lemon-tea-powder-drink-stix-500-single-serve-sugar-free-pack-with-vitamin-c-portable-on-the-go","title":"4C Lemon Tea Powder Drink Stix - 500 Single-Serve Sugar-Free Pack with Vitamin C, Portable On-the-Go","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e4C Powder Drink Stix Lemon Tea delivers a convenient, sugar-free lemon tea flavor in single-serve packets—500 stix for easy on-the-go water enhancement.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eKeep a bulk supply of flavorful water enhancers ready for work, travel, school, or home with this 4C Lemon Tea singles pack. Each slim packet is formulated to flavor up to a standard-sized water bottle, giving you a citrusy iced-tea taste without added sugar while supplying a full serving of vitamin C. The tidy stix are mess-free, portable, and designed to slip into backpacks, gym bags, desk drawers, or pantry bins so you can refresh plain water in seconds.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do these lemon tea stix make water more interesting?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach single-use packet contains powdered lemon tea flavoring that dissolves into water to create a bright, tea-like beverage. The formula is sugar-free, so you get flavor without extra calories, and it’s dosed to flavor typical bottled water volumes for consistent taste.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOne stix flavors up to 20 oz (standard bottle) for a clear lemon tea taste\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSugar-free sweetening keeps calories low while preserving flavor intensity\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePowdered form dissolves quickly—no stirring tools required\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIndividual packets prevent spills and let you control sweetness and strength\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAre these stix convenient for travel, work, and kids?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe slim, tear-open packets are designed for portability so you can add flavor anytime, anywhere. They fit easily into lunchboxes, purses, or pockets and eliminate the need to carry bottled flavored drinks if you prefer to flavor water yourself.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSingle-serve size for on-the-go portioning and minimal waste\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIdeal for commuters, athletes, students, and families with active schedules\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBulk 500-count supply reduces the frequency of repurchase\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNo refrigeration or mixing equipment needed—just rip and pour\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat nutritional and quality highlights should I know?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese stix are formulated to provide a daily dose of vitamin C per serving while avoiding added sugars. Produced by a family-owned brand with long-standing experience in flavor development, the packets are crafted for consistent taste and value.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEach serving supplies 100% of the recommended daily intake of vitamin C\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSweetened without sugar to suit calorie-conscious diets\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eManufactured by 4C, a family-owned company with decades of flavor expertise\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIndividually sealed for freshness and reduced cross-contamination risk\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow should I use and store the lemon tea stix?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUsing a stix is simple—tear open, pour into a water bottle, and shake or swish until dissolved. Store the remaining packets in a cool, dry place away from direct sunlight; resealable bins or pantry shelves work well for bulk packs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eRip open the packet and add directly to 12–20 oz of cold water\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eShake or stir briefly to fully dissolve the powder\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eKeep unopened packets in a cool, dry cupboard; discard any damaged packets\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse adjustable water volume to tailor flavor strength to taste\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho this product is for: 4C Lemon Tea Powder Drink Stix, 500-count, suit anyone who prefers a portable, sugar-free way to flavor plain water—busy professionals, travelers, fitness enthusiasts, families packing school lunches, and budget-conscious households who want a long-lasting supply of a citrus tea alternative. If you value convenience, consistent flavor, and the option to add vitamin C without extra sugar, this bulk singles pack offers a practical solution for everyday hydration.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eINSTANT TEA CITRIC ACID, MALTODEXTRIN ASCORBIC ACID (VITAMIN C, GUM ARABIC, CARAMEL COLOR ACESULFAME POTASSIUM, NATURAL LEMON FLAVOR WITH OTHER NATURAL FLAVORS, SUCRALOSE, RED 40.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How many ounces of water does one stix flavor?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: One stix is formulated to flavor up to about 20 ounces of water for a clear lemon tea taste.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Are these stix sugar-free and do they contain vitamin C?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes, the stix are sweetened without sugar and provide 100% of a daily vitamin C serving per packet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"4C","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46001254563923,"sku":"B075SHQGVJ","price":243.62,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/4c-lemon-tea-front-packaging.jpg?v=1787162985"},{"product_id":"4c-energy-rush-stix-berry-350-count-single-serve-water-flavoring-sugar-free-with-vitamin-c","title":"4C Energy Rush Stix Berry — 350-Count Single-Serve Water Flavoring, Sugar-Free with Vitamin C","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e4C Powder Energy Rush Stix Berry delivers fast, sugar-free berry flavor and a boost of Vitamin C in single-serve packets for easy on-the-go water flavoring.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThese Energy Rush Stix from 4C are single-serve powder packets designed to flavor and enliven bottled water without added sugar. Each Berry stix is portioned to flavor up to 20 oz of water and supplies a full daily dose of Vitamin C per serving, making them a convenient option for busy days, travel, or workplaces. The bulk 350-count value pack keeps you stocked for weeks and reduces the need for large bottles of sugary drinks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do I use a 4C Energy Rush Stix when I'm out and about?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUsing a stix is simple and mess-free: tear, pour, stir, and enjoy. The single-serve format eliminates measuring and keeps powder fresh longer than resealable tubs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTear open one stix along the perforation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePour into 16–20 oz of water and shake or stir to mix.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDrink immediately or carry in a sealed bottle for later.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCompact packets fit pocket, gym bag, or travel kit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat nutritional support does each packet provide?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach Energy Rush Stix is formulated to add flavor while delivering a full serving of Vitamin C and zero sugar per serving. They’re intended as water enhancers and not meal replacements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eProvides approximately 100% recommended daily Vitamin C per packet.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSweetened without sugar to reduce calories.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDesigned to flavor up to about 20 ounces of water.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eProduced by a family-owned brand experienced in flavorings since 1935.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAre these stix suitable for families and different routines?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes — the single-serve format and variety of flavors make the stix an adaptable option for households, commuters, and fitness routines. The bulk pack offers value for larger households or high-frequency users.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBulk 350-count pack reduces reordering and offers per-packet value.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIndividual packets prevent cross-flavor contamination for picky drinkers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePortable for school lunches, workdays, or outdoor activities.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSuitable for adults and older children who enjoy flavored water.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does the Berry flavor perform in mixed drinks or recipes?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBerry Energy Rush Stix can be used beyond plain water to add a sweet-tart berry note to beverages and light recipes. Because they're sugar-free, they won’t overly sweeten mixtures unless you add more than one packet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMix into sparkling water for a fizzy berry refresher.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAdd to iced tea for an extra fruit layer without sugar.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStir into smoothie bases for flavor without extra calories.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse one packet per standard 16–20 oz serving for balanced taste.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for: 4C Energy Rush Stix Berry is built for people who want flavorful, convenient hydration without added sugar—commuters, athletes, parents packing lunches, office workers, and travelers. If you prefer portion-controlled flavoring, need a Vitamin C boost, or value a long-lasting bulk supply, this 350-count pack offers practical savings and everyday utility.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCICADO TAURINE,LUCH RONCLACTONE, SODIUM BICARBONATE BOOM CITRATE, CAFFENE MATURA SERRY FLAVORS WITH OTHER NATURAL FLAVORS ACESULFAME POTASSIUM, SUCRALOSE. MACINAMIDE (83) SILICON DIOXIDE, D-CALCIUM PANTOTHENATE (85) PYRIDONE HORED BLUE 1 FOC ADD ECONOCEAN.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How many ounces of water does one stix flavor?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: One Energy Rush Stix flavors about 16–20 ounces (470–600 ml) of water for balanced taste.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Are these stix sugar-free?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes, the Berry Energy Rush Stix are sweetened without sugar and provide Vitamin C per serving.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"4C","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46001254596691,"sku":"B075SJVTW4","price":243.62,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/4c-energy-rush-stix-berry-front-packaging.jpg?v=1787162991"},{"product_id":"4c-powder-drink-mix-singles-stix-water-flavoring-half-half-500-ct-sugar-free-vitamin-c","title":"4C Powder Drink Mix Singles Stix Water Flavoring — Half \u0026 Half 500 ct, Sugar-Free + Vitamin C","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e4C Powder Drink Mix Singles Stix are convenient single-serve water flavoring packets that add taste and vitamin C to bottled water wherever you go.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIf you need an easy way to make plain water more enjoyable, these 500-count Singles Stix from 4C offer a portable, portioned solution. Each packet dissolves in up to 20 oz of water, is sugar-free, and includes vitamin C per serving. The Half \u0026amp; Half variety blends two complementary flavor families, giving you a rotating selection without carrying multiple bulky containers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do these singles stix make water more appealing during a busy day?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach packet is formulated to add bright, long-lasting flavor to bottled water so you can drink more fluids without extra calories. They’re lightweight, leak-free, and require no measuring—rip, pour, and stir.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSingle-serve packets for precise portions and no waste\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSweetener-free formula to avoid added sugars\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDissolves quickly in cold or room-temperature water\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDesigned to flavor up to 20 oz bottles for travel convenience\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat flavors and variety does the Half \u0026amp; Half pack include?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Half \u0026amp; Half 500-count assortment pairs two distinct flavor groups so you get variety without juggling many tubs. Expect a mix of fruit-forward and classic water enhancer profiles that rotate through the pack for balanced choice every day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTwo complementary flavor lines in one bulk box\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eVariety to satisfy different preferences within households\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIndividual packets labeled for simple identification\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGreat sampling option for finding favorite flavors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAre these packets suitable for families and travel?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes—the compact stix are ideal for lunches, gym bags, or airline carry-ons. Because they’re sugar-free and include vitamin C, they suit family hydration routines while keeping packing space minimal.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDisposable single-use format reduces cross-contamination\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFits easily in bags, backpacks, and cup holders\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLarge count saves shopping trips and supplies multiple users\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWorks well for kids’ lunches, office desks, and outdoor activities\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does 4C ensure consistent flavor quality?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e4C draws on decades of experience crafting flavor mixes to produce reliable taste and shelf stability. Each stix is produced to dissolve fully and deliver a predictable flavor profile so you get the same experience every time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eManufacturing standards focus on balanced, repeatable taste\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIndividually sealed packets preserve freshness and aroma\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFormulated for clear bottles and minimal residue\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eProduced by a family-owned brand with a long history in flavoring\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for? 4C Powder Drink Mix Singles Stix (Half \u0026amp; Half, 500ct) is for active people, families, and anyone who prefers flavored water without added sugar. It’s especially useful for travelers, office workers, athletes, and households that want a large, cost-efficient supply of single-serve flavor packets. If you want consistent taste, portability, and vitamin C added to your daily water, this variety pack covers daily hydration needs with minimal fuss.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCITRIC ACID, MALTODEX TRIN, INSTANT TEA, NATURAL LEMON FLAVOR WITH OTHER NATURAL FLAVORS ASCORBIC ACID (VITAMIN DACESULFAME POTASSIUM, SUCRALOSE, CARAMEL COLOR, NATURAL LEMON JUICE SOLDS, RED 40.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How many ounces of water does one stix flavor?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Each singles stix is designed to flavor up to 20 ounces of bottled water for a full-flavor serving.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Are these packets sugar-free?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes, the 4C Singles Stix in this Half \u0026amp; Half pack are sugar-free and include vitamin C per serving.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"4C","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46001254662227,"sku":"B075SLHVMR","price":243.62,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/4c-front-packaging-half-and-half-500ct.jpg?v=1787162985"},{"product_id":"true-lemon-wild-cherry-cranberry-energy-drink-mix-72-single-serve-packets-120-mg-caffeine-zero-calories","title":"True Lemon Wild Cherry Cranberry Energy Drink Mix — 72 Single‑Serve Packets, 120 mg Caffeine \u0026 Zero Calories","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTrue Lemon Wild Cherry Cranberry Energy is a zero-calorie powdered energy drink mix that delivers natural green-tea caffeine, vitamin C, and fruity flavor to 16 ounces of water.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIf you want a portable energy option without sugar, artificial ingredients, or bulky cans, these single-serve packets are designed to turn plain water into a flavored, caffeinated beverage. Each packet uses green tea as the caffeine source and includes real lemon taste along with wild cherry and cranberry notes. The formula provides about the same caffeine as a cup of coffee (120 mg per 16-ounce serving) and supplies 100% of the recommended daily value of vitamin C while remaining calorie-free.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow much caffeine and vitamin C are in each serving?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach prepared 16-ounce drink contains approximately 120 mg of caffeine, comparable to a standard cup of coffee, and supplies 100% of the recommended daily allowance of vitamin C. The caffeine comes from green tea extract, a plant-based source often used in powdered mixes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e120 mg caffeine per 16-oz serving (green tea-derived)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e100% daily value of vitamin C\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e0 calories and 0 grams of sugar per packet\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePrepared by mixing one packet into 16 ounces of water\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat ingredients are used and are there any common allergens?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis energy mix emphasizes short, recognizable ingredient names and avoids many common additives. It contains no artificial sweeteners, flavors, colors, preservatives, MSG, gluten, soy, or added sodium. Sweetness is achieved primarily with purified stevia and a very small amount of sugar to smooth flavor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNo artificial sweeteners or preservatives\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSweetened with natural stevia plus a touch of sugar for balance\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFree from gluten, soy, and MSG\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMade with real lemon flavor alongside wild cherry and cranberry notes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do I use the packets and how many are included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach order contains twelve boxes, each box with six single-serve packets — a total of 72 packets. To prepare, simply add one packet to a 16-ounce bottle or glass of water, shake or stir until dissolved, and enjoy. The packets are travel-friendly for refilling water bottles, gym use, or on-the-go hydration.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e12 boxes × 6 packets = 72 single-serve packets\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMix one packet per 16 ounces of water; shake or stir\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePortable packets fit in purses, backpacks, and gym bags\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSuitable for cold or room-temperature water\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat flavor profile should I expect from Wild Cherry Cranberry?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe taste balances bright citrus from real lemon with a tart cranberry backbone and a sweet wild cherry accent. The small amount of sugar softens stevia’s natural edge, producing a clearer fruit-forward flavor without heavy sweetness. The result is an energizing, refreshing drink rather than a syrupy soda alternative.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBright lemon highlights for a fresh finish\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTart cranberry notes for lively acidity\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSweet wild cherry for a rounded fruit flavor\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eClean, light mouthfeel—no sticky aftertaste\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for: True Lemon Wild Cherry Cranberry Energy packets are aimed at people who want a low-calorie, portable caffeine option that flavors water and adds vitamin C without artificial additives. Ideal customers include commuters, students, fitness enthusiasts, and anyone who prefers tea-derived caffeine and precise portion control over canned or bottled energy drinks. If you need a quick, on-the-go boost that mixes into your water bottle and avoids sugar and artificial ingredients, this product is a practical choice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCitric Acid, Natural Flavor, Stevia Leaf Extract, Beet Juice (for color) Malic Acid, Ascorbic Acid (Vitamin C), Lemon Juice Solids. Non-GMO.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Does this drink mix contain sugar or calories?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Each packet has 0 calories and 0 grams of sugar; a small amount of sugar is used alongside stevia for flavor balance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How much caffeine is in one prepared serving?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: One 16-ounce serving contains about 120 mg of caffeine, similar to a standard cup of coffee, from green tea extract.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"True Lemon","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46001259446355,"sku":"B077Q33WJC","price":106.31,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/true-lemon-front-packaging_7e4e783d-49ba-472e-86cc-ac377b8d93cf.jpg?v=1787163090"},{"product_id":"sqwincher-zero-electrolyte-drink-mix-case-of-500-10-flavor-qwik-stiks-sugar-free-single-serve-fast-dissolve","title":"Sqwincher Zero Electrolyte Drink Mix Case of 500, 10-Flavor Qwik Stiks — Sugar-Free Single-Serve Fast-Dissolve","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSqwincher Zero Qwik Stik is a single-serve, sugar-free powdered electrolyte drink mix available in 10 assorted flavors, sold as a bulk case of 500 sticks for fast rehydration without calories.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eDesigned for hydration on the go, these individually packaged Qwik Stiks dissolve instantly in water to provide electrolyte replenishment without added sugar. The variety pack offers ten popular flavors so teams, events, or workplaces can keep hydration options fresh and appealing. Each stick is portioned for convenience—no measuring, no mess—making them ideal for water bottles, coolers, or first-aid kits.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow quickly does a Qwik Stik mix into water?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach stick is formulated to dissolve instantly with brief stirring or shaking, so you get a smooth beverage fast. This makes them practical for busy shifts, workouts, or travel when you need hydration immediately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSingle-serve packet: no measuring required\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDissolves quickly in cold or room-temperature water\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMinimal mixing time—ready in seconds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat flavors are included in the 10-flavor assortment?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe case includes a broad selection to suit different tastes, from citrus to fruit and tea-inspired options. Offering variety helps prevent flavor fatigue and keeps hydration appealing throughout the day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCool Citrus, Lemon Lime, Lemonade\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFruit Punch, Mixed Berry, Strawberry Lemonade\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGrape, Orange, Raspberry, Peach Tea\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this product suitable for sugar-free diets and workplace hydration programs?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes—these Qwik Stiks provide electrolyte support without added sugars or calories, fitting many dietary preferences and company wellness initiatives. They’re convenient for distribution at job sites and events.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSugar-free formulation with calorie-free serving\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIndividually wrapped for hygienic dispensing\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBulk case of 500 reduces restocking frequency\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow should I store and use the bulk case to maintain freshness?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKeep the unopened case in a cool, dry place away from direct sunlight and strong odors. Use the smallest practical container for daily use and reseal or close dispensers to preserve individual sticks' quality.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStore at room temperature, dry location\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse first-in, first-out for workplace bins\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePerfect for grab-and-go hydration stations and emergency kits\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho this is for: This case is well suited for occupational safety managers, event coordinators, sports teams, and anyone running a hydration program that needs a large, sugar-free supply of flavored electrolyte mix. It’s also practical for gyms, schools, or large households that prefer portion-controlled, no-sugar options to keep people refreshed and ready.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How much water does one Qwik Stik make?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Each stick is designed to mix with 16–20 ounces (about 500–600 mL) of water for balanced flavor and electrolytes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Are these sticks safe for workplace hydration programs?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes; the sugar-free, single-serve format is hygienic, easy to distribute, and suited for large-scale hydration needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Sqwincher","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46001279369299,"sku":"B07D6W42W4","price":505.52,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/sqwincher-qwik-stik-front-packet_jpg.jpg?v=1787163386"},{"product_id":"crystal-light-peach-iced-tea-drink-mix-packets-10-count-pack-of-8-zero-sugar-30-mg-caffeine","title":"Crystal Light Peach Iced Tea Drink Mix Packets — 10-Count Pack of 8, Zero Sugar \u0026 30 mg Caffeine","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCrystal Light Peach Iced Tea On-The-Go is a zero-sugar powdered water enhancer that delivers peach-flavored iced tea made with real black tea for just 5 calories per packet.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThese individually wrapped 0.07-ounce packets are portioned to flavor a 16.9 fl oz bottle or a glass, making it simple to turn plain water into a refreshing peach iced tea whether you're at home, at work, or traveling. Each packet contains artificial peach flavor layered over brewed black tea notes, plus 30 mg of caffeine per serving for a mild pick-me-up. The carton is designed from recycled paperboard and the mixes are sugar-free, low sodium, and gluten-free.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do I make a ready-to-drink peach iced tea in minutes?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003ePreparing a serving is fast and portable: empty one packet into a 16.9 fl oz bottle or glass of cold water, then shake or stir until dissolved. No measuring required, and the single-use packet prevents over- or under-flavoring so you get a consistent taste every time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse one 0.07 oz packet per 16.9 fl oz (500 ml) bottle or glass of cold water.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eShake or stir for 10–20 seconds until powder is fully dissolved.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAdd ice if you prefer extra chill or garnish with lemon or fresh peach slices.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDiscard packet after use; carton instructions reference how2recycle.info for recycling guidance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat nutritional profile and caffeine content should I expect?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eEach serving contains 5 calories and zero grams of sugar, offering a low-calorie alternative to sugary sodas and juices. The mix is made with real black tea and provides approximately 30 mg of caffeine per packet—enough for a gentle boost without the intensity of a coffee.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e5 calories per prepared 16.9 fl oz serving.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e0 grams sugar, low sodium, and gluten-free.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAbout 30 mg caffeine per serving from black tea.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eArtificially flavored to recreate peach iced tea notes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow convenient is this for travel, work, or fitness routines?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe single-serve packets are tailored for on-the-go lifestyles: they fit in purses, gym bags, lunchboxes, and carry-on luggage without leaking or taking up much space. They’re ideal for refilling reusable bottles throughout the day and for events where chilled brewed tea isn’t available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCompact 0.07 oz packets for pocket, bag, or desk drawer storage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePerfect for bottled-water flavoring at gyms, offices, and outdoors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNo refrigeration required before mixing; mix with bottled or filtered water.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCarton packaging made with recycled paperboard for easier disposal.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does this product compare to regular iced teas and sugary beverages?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eCompared with many bottled or canned sweetened drinks, each Crystal Light packet yields a beverage with far fewer calories while keeping a pronounced peach flavor and tea base. If you want to reduce sugar and calorie intake but still enjoy a flavored iced tea, these packets offer an accessible compromise.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAbout 90% fewer calories versus many leading beverages (5 vs. higher-calorie options).\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eZero sugar versus sugar-containing iced teas and sodas.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eRetains a brewed black tea backbone for authentic iced tea flavor.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSingle-serve control prevents accidental overconsumption of sweeteners.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for? Crystal Light Peach Iced Tea On-The-Go suits anyone who wants an easy, low-calorie flavored beverage without brewing, sweeteners, or bulky packaging. It's a good fit for busy commuters, office workers, travelers, gym-goers, and anyone looking to reduce sugar intake while keeping a flavorful iced tea option handy. These packets are especially convenient when you want consistent taste, portability, and a light caffeine lift from real black tea.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMALTODEXTRIN, CITRIC ACID, INSTANT GREEN TEA, MALIC ACID, ASPARTAMET, ACESULFAME POTASSIUM, MAGNESIUM OXIDE, ASCORBIC ACID (VITAMIN C), NATURAL FLAVOR, RED 40, YELLOW5,BLUE1.t PHENYLKETONURICS: CONTAINS PHENYLALANINE\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How many calories are in one serving?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Each prepared 16.9 fl oz serving contains 5 calories and 0 grams of sugar.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How do I use a single packet?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Empty one 0.07 oz packet into a 16.9 fl oz bottle or glass of cold water, then shake or stir until dissolved.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Crystal Light","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46001295622227,"sku":"B07NF7CH88","price":106.87,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/crystal-light-peach-iced-tea-front-packaging.jpg?v=1787163895"},{"product_id":"mio-orange-vanilla-water-enhancer-1-62-oz-zero-calorie-flavor-with-vitamins-electrolytes-pack-of-8","title":"Mio Orange Vanilla Water Enhancer 1.62 oz - Zero-Calorie Flavor with Vitamins \u0026 Electrolytes (Pack of 8)","description":"\u003cstrong\u003eMio Orange Vanilla liquid water enhancer turns plain water into a zero-calorie, citrus-vanilla flavored drink with added vitamins and electrolytes in a pocket-sized bottle.\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eKeep a small bottle of Mio Orange Vanilla in your bag or car to make cold water more enjoyable anytime. Each 1.62 fl oz bottle concentrates enough flavor for multiple servings so a single squeeze flavors an 8 fl oz glass. Formulated with natural flavors and fortified with essential vitamins and electrolytes, this portable enhancer helps you add taste without extra calories, making it easy to stay hydrated while on the move.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow much flavor and servings are in one bottle?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne 1.62 fl oz Mio bottle is concentrated so small amounts go a long way—usually one squeeze flavors 8 fl oz of water. This makes each bottle suitable for many single-serving uses depending on how strong you like your drink.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePortion per squeeze: enough for an 8 fl oz glass\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHighly concentrated: adjust intensity by squeezing more or less\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSmall size lasts through multiple servings for everyday use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat flavor profile does Orange Vanilla deliver and when is it best used?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrange Vanilla blends bright citrus notes with a smooth vanilla finish, creating a balanced sweet-tart profile that suits both cold and chilled sparkling water. It’s versatile for morning routines, workouts, office hydration or a flavored mixer for mocktails.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTop notes: lively orange citrus\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBase notes: warm, creamy vanilla\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePairs well with still or sparkling water and ice\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes this enhancer add calories or ingredients I should avoid?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMio Orange Vanilla delivers flavor with zero calories per specified serving and is made with natural flavors. It also includes added vitamins and electrolytes rather than sugars, so it’s a flavor-forward option without the added calories of juice or soda.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eZero calories per specified serving\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eContains vitamins and electrolytes, not sugar\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUses natural flavoring—check label for full ingredient list\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow portable and durable is the 1.62 oz bottle?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe compact bottle measures conveniently for purses, backpacks and glove compartments, making it simple to flavor water while you travel. The squeeze-top design lets you control pour size, so you won’t over-flavor a bottle of water when you’re out and about.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSize fits easily in small compartments and pockets\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSqueeze-top for controlled dispensing\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDurable plastic suitable for daily carry and travel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for: Mio Orange Vanilla is aimed at people who want to add enjoyable flavor to plain water without extra calories—commuters, students, fitness-goers, and anyone who prefers flavored water over plain. It’s also convenient for those who like portion control or need a compact flavor option while traveling. Always read the ingredient list if you have dietary restrictions or sensitivities.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWater, Malic Acid, Citric Acid, Contains Less Than 2% Of Niacinamide, Vitamin B6, Vitamin B12, Natural Flavor, Sucralose And Acesulfame Potassium (Sweeteners), Gum Arabic, Potassium Citrate, Sucrose Acetate Isobutyrate, Yellow 6, Sodium Benzoate And Potassium Sorbate (Preservatives).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How many servings does one 1.62 oz bottle make?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: One bottle yields multiple servings; a single squeeze typically flavors an 8 fl oz glass, so servings vary by how strong you make each drink.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Does Mio Orange Vanilla contain calories or sugar?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: This flavor provides zero calories per serving and is formulated without added sugar; check the label for full ingredient details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Mio","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46001308467283,"sku":"B07X1TM96B","price":112.16,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/mio-orange-vanilla-front-packaging.jpg?v=1787164265"},{"product_id":"mio-energy-water-enhancer-variety-pack-8-pack-4-flavors-1-62-fl-oz-bottles-zero-calories-caffeine-boost","title":"Mio Energy Water Enhancer Variety Pack – 8-Pack (4 Flavors), 1.62 fl oz Bottles, Zero Calories \u0026 Caffeine Boost","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMio Energy Water Enhancement Variety Pack turns plain water into a zero-calorie, flavored energy drink with caffeine and B vitamins in a portable squeeze bottle.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eCarry eight small, squeeze-to-mix bottles that let you flavor and energize water on demand. This variety pack includes two bottles each of Strawberry Pineapple Smash, Tropical Fusion, Acai Berry Storm and Wicked Blue Citrus. Each 1.62 fl oz bottle contains caffeine plus B vitamins to provide a boost when you need it, while a zero-calorie formula keeps calories low. The compact design fits easily in gym bags, work drawers or car consoles so you can tailor flavor intensity by squeezing more or less—no bulky cans or mixers required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do I use these drops to get the taste and energy level I want?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUsing Mio Energy drops is simple: flip open the cap, squeeze a few drops into plain water, close, then shake or stir. Start with one to three drops per 16–20 oz water and increase to taste; each bottle provides multiple servings for flexible dosing. The caffeine and B vitamin blend is pre-measured so every squeeze adds both flavor and a mild stimulant effect.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBegin with 1–3 drops for light flavor, add more for stronger taste\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEach bottle yields several servings—control intensity per glass\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWorks with bottled, filtered or tap water, hot or cold\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat flavors are included and how do they differ?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis pack offers four distinct fruit-forward flavors so you can switch tastes across the week. Strawberry Pineapple Smash blends sweet strawberry with tropical pineapple, Tropical Fusion mixes exotic fruit notes, Acai Berry Storm highlights dark berry complexity, and Wicked Blue Citrus pairs bright citrus with a tangy blue twist. Each flavor aims to transform neutral water into a refreshing, energizing drink with a different fruit profile.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStrawberry Pineapple Smash: sweet-tart strawberry with pineapple lift\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTropical Fusion: layered exotic fruits for a beachy vibe\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAcai Berry Storm: deeper berry flavor with antioxidant-forward notes\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWicked Blue Citrus: zesty citrus with a vibrant, tangy finish\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow portable and convenient are the bottles for daily use?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach 1.62 fl oz bottle is designed to be pocketable and travel-friendly, making it easy to keep flavorful, caffeinated water available wherever you go. The flip-cap and squeezable body allow single-handed application without spills. Because bottles are small and lightweight, they store well in gym bags, purses, backpacks or office drawers and are easy to recycle when empty.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCompact 1.62 fl oz size fits small compartments\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFlip-cap prevents leaks and enables quick single-handed use\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLightweight and easy to stash for commuting, workouts, travel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAre these suitable if I'm watching calories or adjusting caffeine?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe liquid enhancers deliver flavor without adding calories, keeping your water zero-calorie while contributing caffeine and B vitamins. They’re useful for calorie-conscious drinkers who still want a flavored energy lift. Check the label for caffeine per serving and divide squeezes accordingly if you need to limit intake.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eZero-calorie formula—adds taste, not calories\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCaffeine included—control dose by number of squeezes\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eContains B vitamins to accompany the caffeine boost\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for: This Mio Energy Variety Pack is for active people, commuters, students and anyone who wants a portable, customizable flavored energy boost without sugary cans. It suits calorie-conscious users who prefer to control flavor strength and caffeine dosing, and anyone who enjoys switching flavors daily. If you want quick, drinkable energy that adapts to your routine—at the gym, desk, or on the road—this assortment gives flexible taste options and multiple servings per bottle for good value.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOn Packaging\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How many servings are in each 1.62 fl oz bottle?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Each bottle provides multiple servings—typically several 16–20 oz drinks depending on how many drops you use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Do these drops contain calories or sugar?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: No, Mio Energy drops are a zero-calorie formula and do not add sugar to your water.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Mio","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46001312464979,"sku":"B07Z44KFSW","price":124.34,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/mio-energy-front-packaging.jpg?v=1787164416"},{"product_id":"singles-to-go-jolly-rancher-blue-raspberry-drink-mix-sticks-48-pack-zero-sugar-gallon-servings","title":"SINGLES TO GO! Jolly Rancher Blue Raspberry Drink Mix Sticks, 48-Pack — Zero Sugar, Gallon Servings","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eJOLLY RANCHER Gallons To Go! Blue Raspberry drink mix turns plain water into a bold, candy-inspired gallon of zero-sugar refreshment.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIf you want a fast way to flavor pitchers for family meals, parties, or everyday hydration without added sugar, this 48-stick pack delivers consistent, low-calorie Blue Raspberry taste made to recreate the iconic JOLLY RANCHER candy experience. Each single-serving stick is formulated to flavor one gallon of water, so you can mix exactly the amount your group needs—no measuring cups required. The stick format is compact and travel-friendly, making it easy to toss into picnic bags, lunch boxes, or pantry shelves.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow strong is the Blue Raspberry flavor and can I adjust it?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe mix provides a pronounced Blue Raspberry candy flavor designed for a whole gallon. If you prefer milder or stronger taste, you can dilute or concentrate the mix by changing the water volume. It’s flexible for different preferences.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOne stick = 1 gallon of ready-to-drink Blue Raspberry\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse half a stick for a subtler taste in half-gallon containers\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAdd extra sticks to intensify flavor for parties or punch bowls\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStir thoroughly or let chill for smoother flavor blending\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this drink mix suitable for low-sugar or calorie-conscious households?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes—each serving is formulated to be zero sugar and low in calories, so it’s a pantry-friendly option when you want flavored water without added sugar. It’s also caffeine-free, making it suitable for kids and adults who avoid stimulants.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eZero sugar per prepared serving\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLow-calorie option for everyday hydration\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCaffeine-free—safe for kids and evening use\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHelps make water more appealing to picky drinkers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow many servings come in this pack and how are they packaged?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe box set contains 48 individual sticks divided among six smaller boxes, each with eight sticks. The portioned packaging keeps unused sticks fresher and is convenient for sharing or storing in multiple locations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e48 total one-gallon sticks per outer pack\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSix inner boxes with eight sticks each for easy distribution\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSingle-use sticks avoid measuring and reduce waste\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCompact sticks fit backpacks, cooler pockets, and pantry shelves\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhere and when is Gallons To Go! best used?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese drink sticks are meant for social and everyday situations where a large volume of flavored beverage is useful. They work well at family meals, outdoor gatherings, sports events, and anytime you want a shareable pitcher of flavored water without hauling sugary sodas.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePerfect for parties, picnics, barbecues, and sporting events\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGreat for school or team hydration on hot days\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHandy for meal prep and large households to encourage water intake\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIdeal for travel—lightweight, single-serve convenience\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for: SINGLES TO GO! Gallons To Go! JOLLY RANCHER Blue Raspberry is aimed at anyone who wants the recognizable candy-style flavor of JOLLY RANCHER in a pitcher-ready, zero-sugar format. It’s particularly useful for parents encouraging kids to drink more water, hosts serving large groups, active families and teams needing convenient hydration, or anyone who prefers flavored water without added sugar or caffeine. The single-serve sticks make portioning simple, storage tidy, and sharing easy—so you can enjoy bold Blue Raspberry flavor wherever a gallon of refreshment is needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCITRIC ACID, MALTODEXTRIN, MALIC ACID, NATURAL AND ARTIFICIAL FLAVORS, SUCRALOSE, CONTAINS 2% OR LESS OF THE FOLLOWING: MAGNESIUM OXIDE, ARTIFICIAL COLOR, ASPARTAME, ACESULFAME POTASSIUM, CALCIUM SILICATE, YELLOW 5, YELLOW 6.ADDS A DIETARILY INSIGNIFICANT AMOUNT OF SUGARPHENYLKETONURICS: CONTAINS PHENYLALANINE\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How many gallons does one pack make?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: The 48-stick pack makes 48 gallons—one stick per gallon.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Can kids drink this mix?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes, it’s caffeine-free and zero sugar, suitable for children under supervision.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"SINGLES TO GO!","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46001318854739,"sku":"B084KGJ5JG","price":157.19,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/singles-to-go-jolly-rancher-blue-raspberry-front-packaging.jpg?v=1787164649"},{"product_id":"singles-to-go-starburst-gallons-to-go-powdered-drink-mix-all-pink-strawberry-8-single-gallon-packets-zero-sugar","title":"SINGLES TO GO! Starburst Gallons To Go Powdered Drink Mix — All Pink Strawberry, 8 Single-Gallon Packets, Zero Sugar","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStarburst Gallons To Go All Pink Strawberry powdered drink mix transforms plain water into a bold, juicy strawberry-flavored gallon in seconds.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThese single-serve powdered packets let you make a pitcher of flavored water anywhere you have a gallon-sized container and water. Each box contains eight stick packets dosed to flavor one gallon each, giving you an easy, low-calorie, zero-sugar option for parties, school lunches, summer days, and everyday hydration. The All Pink Strawberry captures the concentrated sweet-and-tart profile of the popular candy in a convenient, sharable size so you can bring that familiar flavor to larger gatherings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do I prepare a gallon of Starburst All Pink Strawberry drink?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eMaking a gallon is fast and straightforward: open one pre-measured packet, pour into a gallon pitcher, add water, stir until dissolved, and chill or serve over ice. No measuring cups required, which reduces preparation time and makes it simple for kids or hosts to mix up multiple pitchers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOne packet flavors one gallon (128 fl oz)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMix with cold or room-temperature water; stirring dissolves the powder\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eChill 30 minutes for best refreshment or serve immediately over ice\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat occasions are these Gallons To Go packets best for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe sharable format is ideal for events where you want bright, fruity flavor without hauling juice cartons or sodas. Use them for birthday parties, barbecues, pool days, school events, or to keep a flavored pitcher in the fridge for weekday hydration.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePerfect for summer picnics and poolside refreshment\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEasy option for kids’ parties and school snack stations\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePortable for travel—packets fit easily in coolers or bags\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the drink mix suitable for people watching sugar or calories?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eYes—the All Pink Strawberry Gallons To Go packets are formulated to provide bold flavor with zero sugar and low calories, making them a useful alternative to sugary beverages. They let you enjoy a sweet, candy-inspired strawberry taste while keeping sugar intake down.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eZero sugar per prepared gallon when mixed with water\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLow-calorie option compared with sodas and fruit juice\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePortion-controlled packets reduce accidental overuse\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow many servings come in the full package and how long will it last?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis renewed pack contains multiple boxes of individually portioned sticks—each box includes eight single-gallon packets. If you plan to serve one pitcher per event or daily household use, the supply makes it easy to plan for weeks of flavored water without bulky bottles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEach box: 8 single-gallon packets\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMultiple-box pack yields dozens of pitchers (check product listing for exact total)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStore unopened packets in a cool, dry place for best shelf life\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for? SINGLES TO GO! Starburst Gallons To Go All Pink Strawberry is aimed at families, hosts, and anyone who wants quick, candy-inspired strawberry flavor in a large-format pitcher. It’s especially useful for households that prefer zero-sugar beverage options, event planners who need an easy crowd-pleaser, and people who want a portable, shelf-stable way to flavor water during outdoor activities or everyday use. If you need a fuss-free way to make multiple servings of fruity-flavored water that tastes like the All Pink Strawberry Starburst candy, these packets deliver convenience and vivid flavor without added sugar.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCITRIC ACID, MALTODEXTRIN, MALIC ACID, NATURAL AND ARTIFICIAL FLAVORS, SUCRALOSE, CONTAINS 2% OR LESS OF THE FOLLOWING: MAGNESIUM OXIDE, ARTIFICIAL COLOR, ASPARTAME, ACESULFAME POTASSIUM, CALCIUM SILICATE, YELLOW 5, YELLOW 6.ADDS A DIETARILY INSIGNIFICANT AMOUNT OF SUGARPHENYLKETONURICS: CONTAINS PHENYLALANINE\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How many gallons does one packet make?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Each packet is pre-measured to flavor one gallon (128 fl oz) of water.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Does the mix contain sugar?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: No, the Starburst All Pink Gallons To Go packets are formulated to have zero sugar.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"SINGLES TO GO!","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46001335468115,"sku":"B08FW5X8T5","price":157.05,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/starburst-all-pink-front-packaging_c4ede6cf-b1ee-4827-924b-3672aae1a531.jpg?v=1787165086"},{"product_id":"juicy-mixes-hawaiian-punch-powder-drink-mix-wild-purple-smash-96-single-serve-sugar-free-sticks-vitamin-c","title":"Juicy Mixes Hawaiian Punch Powder Drink Mix Wild Purple Smash — 96 Single-Serve Sugar-Free Sticks, Vitamin C","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eJuicy Mixes Hawaiian Punch Wild Purple Smash is a sugar-free powdered drink mix sold in 96 convenient single-serve sticks and provides a flavorful, portable way to enjoy a vitamin C-fortified beverage.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis powdered Wild Purple Smash from Juicy Mixes reinvents a classic tropical soda flavor into a sugar-free format that dissolves quickly in water. Each stick is portioned for one serving so you can sweeten water, sparkling water, or use it as an easy mixer for recipes without measuring. The product highlights include a long box of 96 sticks and labeling that calls out vitamin C content, making it practical for packed lunches, office desks, travel, and home use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow quickly does a single stick dissolve and serve?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eEach single-serve stick is formulated to mix rapidly in room-temperature water with minimal stirring. The fine powdered texture disperses so you can have a drink ready within seconds—ideal for busy mornings or on-the-go hydration.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSingle-serve sticks pre-measured for one 8–12 oz serving\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFine powder designed to dissolve in under 30 seconds with light stirring\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCompatible with still or sparkling water\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNo spoon or measuring required—tear, pour, stir\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat flavor profile should I expect from Wild Purple Smash?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWild Purple Smash blends berry and tropical notes into a bold, fruity taste with bright sweetness without sugar. The flavor is concentrated, giving a punchy, vibrant profile that mimics the original Hawaiian Punch character while using sweeteners instead of sugar.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDominant berry and tropical fruit notes\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIntense, concentrated flavor—use one stick per serving\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSugar-free sweeteners to keep calories low\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSuitable for mixing with water, club soda, or iced tea\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow is the product packaged and stored for freshness?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eJuicy Mixes packages this flavor in individually sealed sticks inside a retail box that holds 96 portions. The single-serve format protects each portion from moisture and makes it easy to carry a few sticks on trips or stash extras where you need them.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e96 sealed single-serve sticks in one box\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCompact sticks fit lunch bags, gym bags, and travel kits\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStore in a cool, dry place away from direct sunlight\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOpened box reseal recommendation: keep in a sealed container for best freshness\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does this fit into daily routines or recipes?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThese sticks are designed to be versatile: use them to flavor plain water, add a splash to sparkling water for fizzy refreshment, or incorporate into mocktails and desserts for a fruity lift. Their zero-sugar profile makes them an option when you want flavor without added sugar calories.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStir into 8–12 oz water for a ready-to-drink beverage\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMix with seltzer for a homemade soda alternative\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse as a flavor boost in smoothies, popsicles, or drink recipes\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePortable for lunches, travel, and outdoor activities\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this best for? Juicy Mixes Hawaiian Punch Wild Purple Smash sugar-free sticks are well suited for families, commuters, and anyone wanting flavorful hydration without sugar. They appeal to people who prefer portion-controlled convenience, caregivers packing kids’ lunches, and hosts seeking an easy beverage option for gatherings. If you want bold fruity taste, vitamin C fortification, and the flexibility to mix drinks at home or on-the-go, this 96-stick pack is a practical choice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How many servings are in the box?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: There are 96 single-serve sticks, each making one 8–12 oz serving.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Is this powder sugar-free and fortified?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes — the formula is sugar-free and labeled as an excellent source of vitamin C.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Juicy Mixes","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46001383440467,"sku":"B09D8PX2DG","price":119.13,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/juicy-mixes-hawaiian-punch-front-packaging.jpg?v=1787165742"},{"product_id":"waterdrop-microdrink-hydration-cubes-electrolyte-variety-pack-48-count-sugar-free-vitamin-c-b-boost","title":"waterdrop MICRODRINK Hydration Cubes Electrolyte Variety Pack — 48-Count Sugar-Free Vitamin C \u0026 B Boost","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ewaterdrop MICRODRINK Hydration Cubes are dissolvable flavored cubes that add vitamins, electrolytes, and bright fruit-tea flavors to still or sparkling water without sugar.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThese individually wrapped microdrink cubes are designed to turn plain water into a flavorful, low-calorie beverage enriched with Vitamin C, B-complex vitamins, and electrolytes. The 48-count variety pack blends Raspberry, Blackberry, Blackcurrant and Iced Tea Lemon, delivering instant flavor to 14–20 oz of water. Because each cube is sugar-free, gluten-free and non-GMO, it's crafted for people who want a convenient, portable hydration boost without added sugars or preservatives.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow quickly do the cubes dissolve and how do I use them?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach cube is formulated to dissolve cleanly and rapidly in both still and sparkling water—no stirring or mixing tools required. Drop a cube into a 14–20 oz bottle or glass and wait a few seconds for the flavor to fully infuse.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse in bottles, travel tumblers, or a glass with 14–20 oz water\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDissolves instantly with no residue or grit\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWorks with carbonated or non-carbonated water\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIndividually wrapped for single-serve convenience\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat vitamins and electrolytes are included, and why do they matter?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese cubes supply a blend of Vitamin C plus several B vitamins (B1, B3, B6, B7 and B8) and Vitamin E, along with electrolytes to help replace minerals lost through daily activity. They’re intended as a convenient way to add micronutrients and flavor to water, supporting an overall hydration routine.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eVitamin C and E for antioxidant support\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eB-vitamins for everyday metabolic support\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eElectrolytes for mineral replenishment during activity\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLow-calorie, sugar-free formula for mindful intake\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAre these cubes suitable for travel, workouts, or workdays?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes—each cube is sealed for portability and designed to slip into a gym bag, purse, or carry-on with no mess. The lightweight packaging and single-serve format make it easy to flavor water at your desk, after exercise, or while commuting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIndividually wrapped for hygienic transport\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCompact pack fits in backpacks or gym totes\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNo refrigeration required before use\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIdeal for quick hydration between errands or meetings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do the four flavors differ and who might prefer each?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe variety pack includes Raspberry, Blackberry, Blackcurrant and Iced Tea Lemon—each offering a distinct profile from bright and tart to subtly tea-like. Try Raspberry for a lively fruity sip, Blackberry and Blackcurrant for deeper berry notes, and Iced Tea Lemon when you prefer a familiar, citrus-tea taste.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eRaspberry: bright and slightly tart\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBlackberry: rich, jammy berry flavor\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBlackcurrant: bold, tangy berry profile\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIced Tea Lemon: refreshing tea with lemon twist\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for? waterdrop MICRODRINK Hydration Cubes suit anyone looking to make plain water more appealing while adding vitamins and electrolytes without sugar. They work well for commuters, fitness enthusiasts, office workers, travelers, and anyone aiming to increase daily water intake with a low-calorie, portable option. If you prefer single-serve convenience and clear dissolution in still or sparkling water, this 48-count variety pack offers versatile, flavorful hydration.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBLACKBERRY: Citric Acid, Natural Flavor, Sodium Carbonate, Potassium Carbonate, Blueberry Juice Powder**, Malic Acid, Blackberry Juice Powder**, Stevia Leaf Extract, Vegetable Juice (Color), Citrus Fiber, Apple Powder (Apple, Apple Juice)**, Vitamin C (Ascorbic Acid), Calcium Carbonate, Vitamin B1 (Thiamine Mononitrate), Vitamin B12 (Cyanocobalamin). **Adds a trivial amount of sugar.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Can I use the cubes in sparkling water?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes. The cubes dissolve cleanly in both still and sparkling water for instant flavor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Do these cubes contain sugar or artificial preservatives?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: No. They are sugar-free, low-calorie, non-GMO and formulated without artificial preservatives.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"waterdrop MICRODRINK","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46001432297555,"sku":"B0C7R9JYW2","price":129.0,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/waterdrop-front-packaging-48-count.jpg?v=1787167113"},{"product_id":"waterdrop-microdrink-hydration-cubes-6-flavor-72-count-variety-pack-vitamin-c-electrolytes-sugar-free","title":"waterdrop MICRODRINK Hydration Cubes 6-Flavor 72-Count Variety Pack — Vitamin C \u0026 Electrolytes, Sugar-Free","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ewaterdrop MICRODRINK hydration cubes are single-serve, dissolvable water enhancers with vitamins and electrolytes that flavor still or sparkling water without sugar.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThese compact, individually wrapped cubes add fruit-forward taste plus a blend of vitamin C, several B vitamins, vitamin E and electrolytes to 14–20 oz of water. The 72-count variety pack contains six flavors—Passion Fruit, Lemon Lime, Apple, Microlyte Berry, Iced Tea Peach and Iced Tea Raspberry—engineered to dissolve cleanly and leave no gritty residue. They’re low calorie, sugar free, gluten free and non-GMO, designed for easy hydration whether you’re at home, commuting, training or traveling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow quickly do the cubes dissolve and what do I need to use them?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe cubes dissolve almost instantly in still or sparkling water without stirring. Drop a cube into a 14–20 oz bottle or glass and wait a few seconds—no frother or shaker required—then enjoy flavored, vitamin-fortified water.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse in still or carbonated water\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eRecommended volume: 14–20 oz per cube\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNo stirring, frothing, or mixing tools needed\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIndividually wrapped for single-serve convenience\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat vitamins and electrolytes are included and why they matter?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach cube contains a balanced blend of vitamins and electrolytes formulated to complement daily hydration routines. The formula includes vitamin C, vitamin E and several B vitamins (B1, B3, B6, B7, B8) alongside electrolytes, delivering flavor and micronutrients without added sugars or preservatives.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eVitamin C and E included for antioxidant support*\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eB vitamins (B1, B3, B6, B7, B8) for everyday metabolic support*\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eElectrolytes to help replace minerals lost through activity\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eZero sugar and low calorie per serving\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich flavors are in the 72-count variety pack and how do they taste?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe pack brings together six popular, fruit-inspired and tea-style flavors for everyday variety. Expect bright, fruit-forward options like Passion Fruit and Apple plus lighter, iced-tea profiles in Peach and Raspberry—each made from real fruit and plant extracts to deliver natural-tasting flavor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePassion Fruit: tropical and tangy\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLemon Lime: crisp, citrus refreshment\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eApple: familiar, juicy profile\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMicrolyte Berry: berry-forward electrolyte option\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIced Tea Peach \u0026amp; Iced Tea Raspberry: mellow, tea-like flavors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this product convenient for travel, workouts, or daily use?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe individually wrapped cubes are built for portability—slip them into gym bags, purses or carry-ons for on-demand flavoring wherever you go. Their compact size and mess-free dissolution make them practical for busy days, workouts, desk use or outdoor activities.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIndividually sealed for hygiene and freshness\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLightweight and shelf-stable for travel\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWorks with reusable bottles and single-use bottles\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNo refrigeration required before use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for: waterdrop MICRODRINK hydration cubes suit anyone looking to boost plain water with low-calorie flavor plus vitamins and electrolytes—ideal for commuters, fitness enthusiasts, students and people who want a portable, sugar-free alternative to sodas and bottled flavored drinks. Choose the 72-count variety pack if you prefer tasting several flavor profiles and want a ready supply for home, office and travel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAPPLE: Citric Acid, Inulin, Sodium Carbonate, Potassium Carbonate, Natural Flavor, Malic Acid, Apple Powder (Apple, Apple Juice)**, Sucralose, Caramel Color, Calcium Carbonate, Vitamin C (Ascorbic Acid), Vitamin B3 (Niacinamide), Vitamin B5 (Calcium Pantothenate), Vitamin B6 (Pyridoxine Hydrochloride), Vitamin B1 (Thiamine Mononitrate), Beta-Carotene (Color), Vitamin B12 (Cyanocobalamin). **Adds a trivial amount of sugar\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Can I use these cubes in sparkling water?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes. Drop one cube into 14–20 oz of sparkling or still water and it will dissolve quickly without stirring.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Do the cubes contain sugar or artificial preservatives?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: No. The hydration cubes are sugar free, low calorie, gluten free, non-GMO and contain no artificial preservatives.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"waterdrop MICRODRINK","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46001432330323,"sku":"B0C7R9LLR6","price":164.09,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/waterdrop-front-packaging.jpg?v=1787167114"}],"url":"https:\/\/spicestosnacks.ca\/collections\/powdered-drink-mixes-and-flavorings.oembed","provider":"Spices To Snacks","version":"1.0","type":"link"}